<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, VIA EDGAR, ON
MARCH 27, 1998
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
------------
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)
PENNSYLVANIA 5311 23-2835229
(State or other (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
incorporation or
organization)
2801 EAST MARKET STREET HEYWOOD WILANSKY
YORK, PENNSYLVANIA 17402 PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
(717) 757-7660 OFFICER
(Address, including zip code, and THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
telephone number, including area 2801 EAST MARKET STREET
code, of registrant's principal YORK, PENNSYLVANIA 17402
executive offices) (717) 757-7660
(Name, address, including zip code,
and telephone number including area
code, of agent for service)
------------
COPY TO:
DAVID GITLIN, ESQ. STEVEN R. FINLEY, ESQ.
JOHN M. COOGAN, JR., ESQ. GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP
WOLF, BLOCK, SCHORR AND SOLIS-COHEN LLP 200 PARK AVENUE
TWELFTH FLOOR PACKARD BUILDING NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10166
111 SOUTH 15TH STREET (212) 351-4000
PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19102
(215) 977-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box. [_]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. [_]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED
PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT MAXIMUM AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE TO BE OFFERING PRICE OFFERING REGISTRATION
REGISTERED REGISTERED(1) PER UNIT(2) PRICE(2) FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par
value................. 4,600,000 $15.25 $70,150,000 $20,695
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Includes 600,000 shares subject to the Underwriters' over-allotment
option.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the filing fee pursuant to
Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), based on the
average of the high and low prices per share reported on the Nasdaq
National Market on March 25, 1998.
------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF +
+ANY SUCH STATE. +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 27, 1998
PROSPECTUS
, 1998
4,000,000 SHARES
THE BON-TON
COMMON STOCK
Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the
"Common Stock"), offered hereby, 2,500,000 shares are being sold by The Bon-Ton
Stores, Inc., and 1,500,000 shares are being offered by Selling Shareholders.
See "Principal and Selling Shareholders." The Company will not receive any of
the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the Selling
Shareholders.
The Company has two classes of authorized common stock, Common Stock, which
is offered hereby and is entitled to one vote per share, and Class A Common
Stock, $0.01 par value per share ("Class A Common Stock" and, together with the
Common Stock, the "Common Shares"), which is entitled to ten votes per share.
See "Description of Capital Stock." Upon completion of the offering, M. Thomas
Grumbacher, Chairman of the Board of the Company, and certain entities
affiliated with Mr. Grumbacher collectively will own approximately 34.3% of the
outstanding Common Shares and will control approximately 77.1% of the combined
voting power of the outstanding Common Shares. Consequently, such shareholders
will control the ability to determine the outcome of shareholder votes,
including votes with respect to corporate transactions requiring the approval
of shareholders and the election of the Company's Board of Directors. See
"Principal and Selling Shareholders."
The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"BONT." On March 25, 1998, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market was $15 3/4 per share. See "Price Range of Common
Stock."
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR CERTAIN RISKS RELEVANT TO AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRICE UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS PROCEEDS
TO THE DISCOUNTS AND TO THE TO SELLING
PUBLIC COMMISSIONS(1) COMPANY(2) SHAREHOLDERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Per Share......................... $ $ $ $
Total(3).......................... $ $ $ $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) See "Underwriting" for indemnification arrangements with the Underwriters.
(2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $500,000, which will be paid by the
Company.
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
to an aggregate of 600,000 additional shares at the Price to the Public
less Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, solely to cover over-
allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to
the Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, and Proceeds to the
Company will be $ , $ , and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."
The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to
various prior conditions, including their right to reject orders in whole or in
part. It is expected that delivery of share certificates will be made in New
York, New York, on or about , 1998.
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY
SECURITIES CORPORATION SECURITIES LLC
<PAGE>
[MAP DEPICTING LOCATIONS OF THE BON-TON STORES. PICTURE OF ENTRANCE TO
COMPANY STORE; SEVERAL MODELS WEARING APPAREL OFFERED BY THE COMPANY; LOGOS OF
SEVERAL VENDORS TO THE COMPANY INCLUDING COLE . HAAN, LAUREN, POLO JEANS,
TOMMY HILFIGER AND NAUTICA; TEXT READING "THE BON-TON'S BUSINESS STRATEGY IS
TO POSITION ITSELF AS THE PREMIER FASHION RETAILER OF BETTER GOODS IN THE
MARKETS IT SERVES."]
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK.
SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO THE
PRICING OF THE OFFERING FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAINTAINING THE PRICE OF THE COMMON
STOCK, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK FOLLOWING THE PRICING OF THE OFFERING TO
COVER A SYNDICATE SHORT POSITION IN THE COMMON STOCK OR FOR THE PURPOSE OF
MAINTAINING THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS.
FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING." IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS (AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS) MAY ENGAGE IN
PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL
MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
2
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the
information in this Prospectus does not give effect to the exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option. Unless the context otherwise requires or
indicates, all references to "The Bon-Ton" or the "Company" in this Prospectus
refer to The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and its direct and indirect wholly-owned
subsidiaries. As used in this Prospectus, references to a "fiscal year" refer
to the 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday nearer to January 31 of the
following calendar year (e.g., a reference to "fiscal 1996" is a reference to
the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997). For a discussion of certain factors
which should be considered by prospective purchasers of the Common Stock, $0.01
par value per share ("Common Stock"), offered hereby, see "Risk Factors."
THE COMPANY
The Bon-Ton is a leading operator of quality fashion department stores
offering moderate and better apparel, home furnishings, cosmetics, accessories
and shoes in secondary markets. The Company's strategy focuses on being the
premier fashion retailer in smaller markets that demand, but often have limited
access to, better branded merchandise. In many of its markets, The Bon-Ton is
the primary destination for branded fashion merchandise from top designers such
as Calvin Klein, Liz Claiborne, Nautica, Ralph Lauren and Tommy Hilfiger. The
Bon-Ton operates 64 stores, with 35 stores in Pennsylvania, 24 stores in New
York, three stores in Maryland, and one store in each of West Virginia and New
Jersey.
The Bon-Ton provides an in-depth selection of high-quality, well-known
branded merchandise at competitive prices in upscale shopping environments.
None of The Bon-Ton's stores are located in major metropolitan markets, and
most are located in smaller secondary markets. The Bon-Ton's strategic focus is
on smaller secondary markets that are served primarily by moderate-price
competitors offering a more limited selection of better branded fashion
merchandise.
Since 1995, the Company has strengthened the quality and depth of management
by hiring a new chief executive officer and seven additional senior executives,
all of whom have extensive experience with major department stores. This
management team has pursued a series of key initiatives to generate growth.
These initiatives include:
-- shifting its merchandise mix to include a higher proportion of better
branded apparel;
-- offering an extended choice of merchandise in sizes, colors and styles;
-- strengthening its relationship with key vendors;
-- intensifying the selection of its private brands;
-- expanding and upgrading stores in selected smaller markets; and
-- enhancing customer service through frequent purchaser clubs and
promoting The Bon-Ton proprietary credit card.
As a result of these initiatives, The Bon-Ton has achieved comparable store
sales growth, compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year, which ranks
among the highest in the department store industry in each of the last six
fiscal quarters as shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL 1996 COMPARABLE STORE SALES GROWTH
<S> <C>
Third Quarter 3.2%
Fourth Quarter 9.2%
FISCAL 1997
First Quarter 5.1%
Second Quarter 6.9%
Third Quarter 7.1%
Fourth Quarter 6.5%
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's business strategy is to position itself as the premier fashion
retailer in its targeted smaller markets. Key elements of the strategy are
summarized below.
PURSUE NICHE AS PREMIER FASHION RETAILER
The Bon-Ton carves out and maintains a niche in smaller secondary markets by
offering a higher proportion of better to moderate merchandise in an upscale
environment with superior customer service. Moderate-price competitors in these
markets generally offer a more limited selection of quality brands or do not
carry the same better brands as The Bon-Ton.
Realign merchandise mix and increase selection. The Bon-Ton is shifting its
merchandise mix to incorporate an improved balance of moderate and better
merchandise. The Company has increased its proportion of better apparel from
approximately 27% of sales in fiscal 1995 to 38% of sales in fiscal 1997. The
Bon-Ton also is increasing its selection of sizes, colors and styles in key
merchandise categories. By offering better brands in addition to moderately
priced goods, The Bon-Ton not only attracts new customers who shop for better
brands but also provides its traditional core customers (households with annual
incomes of $30,000 - $75,000) with a broader selection of merchandise.
Enhance relationships with higher-quality vendors. The Company has reduced
its vendor base from approximately 2,400 in 1994 to 1,350 in 1997, resulting in
improved relations with and increased support from its vendors in the form of
enhanced purchasing opportunities and greater advertising subsidies. In
addition, The Bon-Ton intends to increase significantly the number of vendor
shops featuring merchandise from key vendors such as Calvin Klein, Nautica,
Ralph Lauren, Tommy Hilfiger and Tommy Hilfiger Jeans. In vendor shops,
merchandise is grouped and positioned in preferred floor locations and enhanced
with distinctive, vendor-specific fixturing, signage and displays.
Differentiate with private brands. The Bon-Ton positions its private brand
merchandise as quality fashion apparel at competitive prices. These private
brands, which include Andrea Viccaro, Jenny Buchanan, Susquehanna Trail
Outfitters and Susquehanna Blues, differentiate The Bon-Ton from its
competitors. In 1996, the Company expanded its private brand program with
better sportswear, utilizing manufacturers of well-known better branded
merchandise. Private brand merchandise represented approximately 8% of sales in
fiscal 1995 and 14% of sales in fiscal 1997.
EMPHASIZE CUSTOMER SERVICE
The Company places great emphasis on providing a high level of customer
service to distinguish its stores from the competition and to create customer
loyalty. The Company accomplishes this through its well-trained and experienced
sales and support associates and by offering services such as free gift wrap,
The Bon-Ton proprietary credit card, frequent-purchaser clubs and in-store
alterations.
FOCUS ON GROWTH IN EXISTING STORES IN SMALLER SECONDARY MARKETS
The Company believes growth opportunities are available through positioning
better brand merchandise in additional existing Bon-Ton stores in smaller
secondary markets. The Company will continue to focus on improving its
merchandise mix in these stores and upgrading these stores by refixturing and
remodeling in order to increase store productivity and enhance The Bon-Ton's
image as an upscale retail destination. In 1997, the Company increased the
square footage at three locations, increasing the size of existing merchandise
categories and adding new merchandise categories. In addition, the Company has
identified 25 of its 64 stores for potential expansion. Over the next three to
five years, the Company anticipates expanding the square footage of its more
productive stores by adding up to 400,000 square feet.
4
<PAGE>
GROW BY OPENING NEW STORES AND THROUGH ACQUISITIONS
The Company opened a new 60,000 square foot store in the Jamestown, New York
market in March 1998. The Company has preliminarily identified approximately 50
secondary markets which meet The Bon-Ton's demographic and competitive criteria
for opening new stores. The Company anticipates opening several new stores in
the next three to five years, adding up to 600,000 square feet. The Company
also intends to consider opportunities for growth through acquisitions of
department store companies or their real estate assets if and when such
opportunities arise. These acquisitions may or may not be in lieu of new store
openings.
BACKGROUND AND HISTORY
In 1994, the Company doubled its number of stores with three acquisitions
involving 35 stores, including 19 stores from Hess's Department Stores, Inc.
("Hess"), the ten stores of Adam, Meldrum & Anderson Co., Inc. ("AM&A") based
in Buffalo, New York and the six stores of C.E. Chappell & Sons, Inc.
("Chappell's") based in Syracuse, New York. In 1995 and 1996, the Company
entered the Rochester and Elmira, New York markets with four acquired stores
and the opening of one additional store. In addition, the Company closed ten
stores between March 1995 and January 1997 to eliminate mall or market
duplication resulting from such acquisitions or to close underperforming
stores. The Company is closing its Rome, Georgia store in April 1998. All of
the Company's stores operate as "The Bon-Ton."
The Company was incorporated in Pennsylvania in 1996 and is the successor to
S. Grumbacher & Son, a family business which was founded in 1898. The Company's
executive offices are located at 2801 East Market Street, York, Pennsylvania
17402 and its telephone number is (717) 757-7660.
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Common Stock offered:
By the Company......................... 2,500,000 shares(1)
By the Selling Shareholders............ 1,500,000 shares
Total.................................. 4,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after this 11,424,697 shares(1)(2)
offering................................
Use of proceeds by the Company........... For expansion and upgrading of
existing stores, opening new stores,
working capital and for general
corporate purposes. Pending such
uses, the proceeds will be used to
reduce indebtedness under the Credit
Facility (as defined herein). The
Company will receive no proceeds
from the sale of shares of Common
Stock offered hereby by certain
shareholders of the Company (the
"Selling Shareholders"). See "Use of
Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market symbol............ BONT
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. See
"Underwriting."
(2) Excludes (i) an aggregate of 1,531,777 shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Company's equity incentive plans, of which 1,064,302 are
issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 25,
1998 with a weighted average exercise price of $ 8.00; (ii) 2,989,853
shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
("Class A Common Stock" and, with the Common Stock, the "Common Shares")
each of which is convertible into one share of Common Stock; and (iii)
250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options
and 250,000 restricted shares of Common Stock to be issued to Heywood
Wilansky, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, subject to
approval by the Company's shareholders.
5
<PAGE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
DATA: 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales(1)........... $336,733 $494,908 $607,357 $626,482 $656,399
Gross profit(2)........ 130,191 194,994 219,410 230,919 242,553
Income (loss) from
operations(3)(4)...... 17,548 26,668 (6,247) 26,447 29,170
Interest expense, net.. 4,042 5,475 8,722 14,687 13,202
Income (loss) before
taxes................. 13,506 21,193 (14,969) 11,760 15,968
Income (loss) before
accounting
change/extraordinary
item.................. 8,779 13,630 (9,203) 6,811 9,698
Net income
(loss)(5)(6).......... $ 10,279 $ 13,630 $ (9,203) $ 6,811 $ 9,252
Per share amounts--
Basic:
Net income (loss)
before accounting
change/extraordinary
item................. $ 0.80 $ 1.24 $ (0.83) $ 0.62 $ 0.87
Effect of accounting
change/extraordinary
item................. 0.14 -- -- -- (0.04)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)..... $ 0.94 $ 1.24 $ (0.83) $ 0.62 $ 0.83
Basic shares
outstanding........... 10,935 10,955 11,044 11,064 11,122
Diluted:
Net income (loss)
before accounting
change/extraordinary
item................. $ 0.79 $ 1.23 $ (0.83) $ 0.61 $ 0.85
Effect of accounting
change/extraordinary
item................. 0.14 -- -- -- (0.04)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)..... $ 0.93 $ 1.23 $ (0.83) $ 0.61 $ 0.81
Diluted shares
outstanding........... 11,051 11,041 11,044 11,106 11,377
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31, 1998
------------------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA: ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(7)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Working capital........ $123,078 $123,078
Total assets........... 352,686 352,686
Long-term debt,
including capital
leases................ 123,384 86,675
Shareholders' equity... 124,394 161,103
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
------------------------------------------------------
SELECTED OPERATING DATA: 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Comparable stores sales
growth(8)............. (0.6)% 6.1% 0.2% 4.2% 6.5%
Comparable stores
data(9):
Sales per selling
square foot........... $ 157 $ 163 $ 160 $ 138 $ 143
Selling square footage
(in thousands)........ 1,850 2,185 2,278 4,153 4,511
Capital expenditures
(in thousands)........ $ 8,935 $ 18,532 $ 43,587 $ 9,730 $ 10,978
Number of stores:
Beginning of year...... 36 35 69 68 64
Additions.............. 1 35 4 1 --
Closings............... (2) (1) (5) (5) --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
End of year............ 35 69 68 64 64
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) Fiscal 1995 includes the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1996.
(2) Fiscal 1995 includes a $3.5 million charge related to inventory liquidation
associated with the elimination of certain vendors and other merchandise
changes.
(3) Reflects expenses related to the hiring of the Chief Executive Officer and
the gain recognized on the pension termination in fiscal years 1995 and
1996, respectively.
(4) Fiscal 1995 reflects a $5.7 million restructuring charge for a store
closing and work force reduction reserve.
(5) Fiscal 1997 reflects a loss of $446,000, net of tax, resulting from the
early extinguishment of the Company's term loan and revolving credit
facility.
(6) Fiscal 1993 reflects an extraordinary gain of $1.5 million, net of tax,
resulting from a change in accounting for income taxes.
(7) Adjusted to reflect the sale of the Common Stock offered by the Company and
the use of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."
(8) Fiscal 1996 sales are compared to the 52 weeks ended January 27, 1996.
Comparable store sales growth is calculated based upon the comparison of
sales for stores open for the entire current and prior fiscal years.
(9) Selling square footage and sales per square foot are based upon the square
footage of selling space of stores open for the entire current and prior
fiscal years.
6
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following
factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment in the
Common Stock offered by this Prospectus. Certain statements contained herein
under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business"
including those concerning the Company's strategy and the Company's growth
plans, contain certain forward-looking statements concerning the Company's
operations, economic performance and financial condition. Because such
statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ
materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
Factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to,
those discussed under "Risk Factors."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MERCHANDISING STRATEGY
The Company's merchandising strategy is designed to position the Company as
the premier fashion retailer in its smaller secondary markets. The execution
of this strategy requires significant investment by the Company to increase
and realign its inventories to higher price points and to upgrade, remodel and
refixture stores. In addition, communicating the Company's new image to
customers and educating customers about the Company's new product offerings is
a gradual process that will require increased advertising. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful, particularly during any
economic downturns in its markets, in migrating its traditional customers to
higher price point merchandise or in attracting new customers. During this
positioning process, the Company expects to experience, among other things,
excess inventories, higher markdowns and lower gross margins with respect to
its new merchandise. Such conditions, if sustained, would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business. In addition, the failure of the
Company's merchandising strategy in a number of its markets could result in a
material adverse change in the Company's business. There can be no assurance
that the Company will continue to experience growth in comparable store sales.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXPANSION
The Company's strategy involves remodeling and/or expanding existing stores
or acquiring or opening new stores. The Company's success in achieving future
growth through expanding existing stores or opening new stores will be
dependent upon the Company's ability to identify, finance, obtain and
construct or refurbish suitable store sites and, where applicable, hire
appropriate store personnel. In addition, the Company may consider
acquisitions or new store openings in new geographic areas which cannot be
serviced by the Company's current distribution system or which will require
publicizing The Bon-Ton name in markets where the Company is not currently
known. Future acquisitions will be dependent upon the Company's ability to
identify, negotiate and finance acquisitions on acceptable terms and integrate
acquired stores into its existing operations. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to remodel or expand existing stores or acquire, open
or operate new stores on a timely or profitable basis or that comparable store
sales will increase in the future. The failure by the Company's management to
effectively implement an expansion strategy could have a material adverse
effect on the business and operations of the Company.
COMPETITION
The Bon-Ton faces competition for customers from traditional department
stores, specialty stores and catalogue and other retailers and faces
competition for suitable store locations from other department stores and
other large retailers. In a number of its markets, the Company competes for
customers with national department stores which are better established in such
markets than the Company and which offer a mix of better branded merchandise
that is similar to the Company's offerings. In other markets, the Company
faces potential competition from national chains that to date have not entered
such markets and from national chains which have stores in the Company's
markets but currently do not carry better branded merchandise similar to that
carried by the Company. In all markets, the Company generally competes for
customers with department stores that offer moderately priced goods. Many of
the Company's competitors are units of large national or regional chains that
have substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company.
Some of the Company's competitors
7
<PAGE>
may have greater leverage with vendors of better merchandise than does the
Company, which may allow such competitors to obtain such merchandise more
easily or on better terms than the Company. Competition with The May
Department Store Company ("The May Company"), in particular, increased during
fiscal 1994 and 1995 as a result of The Bon-Ton's entry into certain markets
in which The May Company stores are located and The May Company's entry into
certain markets in which The Bon-Ton's stores are located. Currently, The
Bon-Ton competes directly with The May Company in a significant number of The
Bon-Ton's geographic markets. In several of the Company's markets, the
Company's stores compete with other department stores in the immediate
vicinity which are larger and/or have a superior location in the relevant mall
or local shopping area. There can be no assurance that existing or new
competitors will not begin to carry, or increase their offering of, better
branded merchandise, or that the Company will be able to successfully compete
in individual markets against department stores with such competitive
advantages. Either of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business. See "Business--Competition."
ECONOMIC AND MARKET CONDITIONS; SEASONALITY
The Bon-Ton's stores are situated in secondary markets that are largely
dependent upon their respective local economies. The retail business is
dependent upon the level of consumer spending, which will be adversely
affected by an economic downturn or a decline in consumer confidence. An
economic downturn in either Pennsylvania or New York would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business.
The Company's success depends in part upon its ability to anticipate and
respond to changing consumer preferences and fashion trends in a timely
manner. Any sustained failure by the Company to identify and respond to such
emerging trends in lifestyle and consumer preferences could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business.
The Company's business is seasonal and its quarterly sales and profits
traditionally have been lower during the first three quarters of the fiscal
year and higher during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. In addition,
working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, increasing
substantially in October and November in anticipation of the holiday season,
which requires significantly higher inventory levels. Any substantial decrease
in sales for the last three months of the calendar year could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The success of the Company depends to a large extent on its executive
management team, including the Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer, Heywood Wilansky. The loss of the services of any key member of its
senior management team could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to retain its executive officers and
key personnel or attract additional qualified members to its management team
in the future. See "Business--The Company" and "Management."
DEPENDENCE ON VENDOR RELATIONSHIPS
The Company's business is dependent to a significant degree upon close
relationships with vendors and the Company's ability to purchase brand name
merchandise at competitive prices. The loss of key vendor support could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to acquire brand name merchandise at competitive prices or on competitive
terms in the future. For example, certain merchandise that is high profile and
in high demand may be allocated by vendors based upon the vendor's internal
criteria which are beyond the Company's control. See "Business--Merchandising"
and "--Purchasing and Distribution."
LEVERAGE AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
The Company has a significant amount of outstanding indebtedness. As of
January 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding indebtedness of $121.7 million
in principal amount (excluding capital leases, trade payables,
8
<PAGE>
accrued liabilities and unused commitments under the Company's revolving
credit facility (the "Credit Facility")). The Company's leverage poses several
risks to the Company, including the risks that: (i) a substantial portion of
the Company's cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the payment of
interest on the Company's indebtedness; (ii) the Company's leveraged position
may impede its ability to obtain financing in the future for working capital,
capital expenditures and general corporate purposes, including acquisitions;
(iii) the Company's leveraged financial position may make it more vulnerable
to economic downturns and may limit its ability to withstand competitive
pressures; (iv) the Company will be vulnerable to increases in interest rates
with respect to indebtedness under the Credit Facility, which bears interest
at variable rates, and with respect to the third party interests in
receivables under the Company's accounts receivable program, which bear
interest at variable rates; and (v) the Company's flexibility in planning for
or reacting to changes in market conditions may be limited. In addition, the
Credit Facility imposes operating and financial restrictions on the Company.
Such restrictions limit, among other things, the Company's ability to incur
additional indebtedness, grant additional liens, make dividend payments and
make capital expenditures. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
EFFECT OF YEAR 2000 ON MANAGEMENT INFORMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM
Many existing computer programs use only two digits to identify a year in
the date field. These programs were designed and developed without considering
the impact of the upcoming century change in the year 2000. If not corrected,
many computer applications could fail or create erroneous results when
processing year 2000 data. The Company's business may be adversely affected if
the Company and/or other organizations with which the Company does business
are unsuccessful in completing in a timely manner the conversion to
applications that can process year 2000 dates. See "Business--Management
Information and Control System."
CONSUMER CREDIT RISKS
Proprietary Credit Card Portfolio. Sales under The Bon-Ton's proprietary
credit card program represent a significant portion of the Company's business,
accounting for approximately 50% of the Company's net sales for fiscal 1997.
In recent years, there have been substantial increases in the rate of charge-
offs on the Company's accounts receivable. To date, aggregate increases in
finance charge revenue and late fee income have more than offset the increases
in charge-offs. However, further deterioration in the quality of the Company's
accounts receivable portfolio or any adverse changes in laws regulating the
granting or servicing of credit (including late fees and the finance charge
applied to outstanding balances) could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business and financial condition. There can be no assurance that the
rate of charge-offs on the Company's accounts receivable portfolio will not
increase further or that increases in finance charge revenue and late fee
income will continue to offset any such increases in charge-offs.
Accounts Receivable Program. The Company currently securitizes substantially
all of the receivables derived from its proprietary credit card accounts.
Under the accounts receivable program, the Company causes such receivables to
be transferred to a special purpose entity which from time to time issues
interests in such receivables. There can be no assurance that receivables will
continue to be generated by credit card holders or that new credit card
accounts will continue to be established at the rate historically experienced
by the Company. Any decline in the generation of receivables or in the rate of
cardholder payments on accounts could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations. See Note 4 of the
Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
CONTROL BY CURRENT SHAREHOLDERS
M. Thomas Grumbacher, trusts for the benefit of members of the Grumbacher
family and The Grumbacher Family Foundation (collectively, the "Grumbacher
Family") upon completion of the offering will collectively
9
<PAGE>
own 1,960,972 issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and all of the
2,989,853 issued and outstanding shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock.
The Class A Common Stock is entitled to ten votes per share and the Common
Stock is entitled to one vote per share. The Grumbacher Family's ownership of
Common Shares upon completion of the offering will constitute 34.3% of the
outstanding Common Shares and represent 77.1% of the combined voting power of
the outstanding Common Shares. Accordingly, the Grumbacher Family will
continue to control the ability to determine the outcome of shareholder votes,
including votes with respect to corporate transactions requiring the approval
of shareholders and the election of the Company's Board of Directors.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have 11,424,697 shares of
Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of outstanding options). Of
these shares, 9,288,998 shares, including the 4,000,000 shares sold in the
Offering, will be freely transferable by persons other than affiliates of the
Company without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The remaining 2,135,699
outstanding shares of Common Stock are "restricted securities" as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, all of which are eligible for
sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144. In addition, the
Company has outstanding 2,989,853 shares of Class A Common Stock, all of which
are owned by the Grumbacher Family and each of which is convertible into one
share of Common Stock. Any shares of Common Stock acquired by the Grumbacher
Family upon conversion of shares of Class A Common Stock would be freely
tradeable, subject to the limitations under Rule 144 applicable to affiliates
of the Company. The Company and its directors and executive officers, the
Selling Shareholders and certain other shareholders of the Company holding in
the aggregate 2,632,301 shares of Common Stock and all 2,951,490 outstanding
shares of Class A Common Stock have agreed not to sell, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any Common Stock or Class A Common Stock for a period of 90 days
after the date of this Prospectus without the consent of the Underwriters,
except for issuances of Common Stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock
options or otherwise pursuant to the Company's equity incentive plans. The
sale or issuance or the potential for sale or issuance of any such Common
Stock could have an adverse effect on the market price for the Common Stock.
No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of
shares of Common Stock or the availability of shares of Common Stock for
future sale would have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from
time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Stock in the public
market following the offering, or the perception that such sales could occur,
could have an adverse effect of prevailing market prices for the Common Stock.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."
RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS ON COMMON STOCK
The Company intends to retain its earnings to finance the growth and
development of its business and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in
the foreseeable future. The Credit Facility contains restrictions on the
Company's ability to pay dividends or make other distributions. See "Dividend
Policy."
10
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the Common
Stock offered hereby, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses, assuming a public offering price of $15 3/4
per share (the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market on March 25, 1998), are expected to be approximately $36.7
million ($45.6 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full). The proceeds will be used for expansion and upgrading of existing
stores, opening new stores, working capital and for general corporate
purposes. Pending such uses, the net proceeds will be used to temporarily
reduce indebtedness under the Credit Facility ($88.9 million outstanding at
January 31, 1998) which bears interest determined under various interest rate
options (8.11% for fiscal 1997) and which terminates on April 15, 2000. A
portion of the net proceeds may also be used to fund the acquisition of
companies which own existing stores or their real estate assets, if and when
such opportunities arise. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has not paid cash dividends since its initial public offering in
September 1991 and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. The Company intends to retain its earnings, if any, for
the operation and expansion of its business. The payment and rate of future
dividends, if any, are subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors of
the Company and will depend upon the Company's earnings, financial condition,
capital requirements, contractual restrictions under its current indebtedness
and other factors. The Credit Facility contains restrictions on the Company's
ability to pay dividends and make other distributions.
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"BONT." The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and
low sales prices for the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National
Market.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRICE RANGE
OF COMMON STOCK
---------------
HIGH LOW
<S> <C> <C>
FISCAL 1996
First Quarter............................................... $ 8 1/4 $ 4 7/8
Second Quarter.............................................. 6 7/8 5
Third Quarter............................................... 6 3/4 5 1/8
Fourth Quarter.............................................. 7 3/8 4 7/8
FISCAL 1997
First Quarter............................................... $ 7 3/8 $ 5 5/8
Second Quarter.............................................. 9 1/8 6 1/4
Third Quarter............................................... 15 7 7/8
Fourth Quarter.............................................. 17 1/2 11 3/4
FISCAL 1998
First Quarter (through March 25, 1998)...................... $17 3/4 $13 3/4
</TABLE>
On March 25, 1998, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market was $15 3/4 per share. As of March 25, 1998, there were
approximately 300 record holders of shares of Common Stock and five record
holders of shares of Class A Common Stock.
11
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the short-term debt and capitalization of the
Company as of January 31, 1998 and as adjusted as of that date to give effect
to the sale by the Company of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock in this
offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering,
assuming a public offering price of $15 3/4 per share (the last reported sale
price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on March 25, 1998), as
described in "Use of Proceeds." The following table should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the
related Notes thereto.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31, 1998
------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(1)
<S> <C> <C>
Short-term debt and capital leases.................... $ 935 $ 935
======== ========
Long-term debt and capital leases(2).................. $123,384 $ 86,675
Shareholders' equity:
Common Stock authorized 40,000,000 shares at $0.01
par value; issued and outstanding 8,847,333 shares;
11,347,333 as adjusted............................. 88 113
Class A Common Stock authorized 20,000,000 shares at
$0.01 par value; issued and outstanding 2,989,853
shares............................................. 30 30
Additional paid-in capital.......................... 62,585 99,269
Deferred compensation............................... (2,010) (2,010)
Retained earnings................................... 63,701 63,701
-------- --------
Total shareholders' equity............................ 124,394 161,103
-------- --------
Total capitalization.................................. $247,778 $247,778
======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Adjusted to reflect the sale of Common Stock offered by the Company and
the use of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."
(2) See Note 2 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements
for a description of the Company's long-term debt.
12
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The selected financial data included in the following table should be read
in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the
Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
statements of operations data and the balance sheet data have been derived
from the Company's audited financial statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
-------------------------------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND STORE
DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DA-
TA:
Net sales(1).............. $336,733 $494,908 $607,357 $626,482 $656,399
Other income, net......... 2,597 2,581 2,266 2,430 2,349
Gross profit(2)........... 130,191 194,994 219,410 230,919 242,553
Selling, general and ad-
ministrative expenses.... 108,647 162,442 207,058 197,315 202,850
Depreciation and amortiza-
tion..................... 6,593 8,465 11,895 12,758 12,882
Unusual (income) ex-
pense(3)................. -- -- 3,280 (3,171) --
Restructuring charges(4).. -- -- 5,690 -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from opera-
tions.................... 17,548 26,668 (6,247) 26,447 29,170
Interest expense, net..... 4,042 5,475 8,722 14,687 13,202
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before tax-
es....................... 13,506 21,193 (14,969) 11,760 15,968
Income tax provision (ben-
efit).................... 4,727 7,563 (5,766) 4,949 6,270
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before ac-
counting
change/extraordinary
item..................... 8,779 13,630 (9,203) 6,811 9,698
Extraordinary item, net of
tax(5)................... -- -- -- -- (446)
Cumulative accounting
change, net of tax(6).... 1,500 -- -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)......... $ 10,279 $ 13,630 $ (9,203) $ 6,811 $ 9,252
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Per share amounts--
Basic:
Net income (loss) before
accounting
change/extraordinary
item..................... $ 0.80 $ 1.24 $ (0.83) $ 0.62 $ 0.87
Effect of accounting
change/extraordinary
item..................... 0.14 -- -- -- (0.04)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)......... $ 0.94 $ 1.24 $ (0.83) $ 0.62 $ 0.83
Basic shares outstanding.. 10,935 10,955 11,044 11,064 11,122
Diluted:
Net income (loss) before
accounting
change/extraordinary
item..................... $ 0.79 $ 1.23 $ (0.83) $ 0.61 $ 0.85
Effect of accounting
change/extraordinary
item..................... 0.14 -- -- -- (0.04)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)......... $ 0.93 $ 1.23 $ (0.83) $ 0.61 $ 0.81
Diluted shares outstand-
ing...................... 11,051 11,041 11,044 11,106 11,377
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END
OF PERIOD):
Working capital........... $ 70,688 $ 62,539 $ 90,758 $102,853 $123,078
Total assets.............. 190,431 270,228 331,173 341,252 352,686
Long-term debt, including
capital leases........... 34,741 60,521 127,893 128,098 123,384
Shareholders' equity...... 98,551 112,447 104,174 111,485 124,394
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Comparable stores sales
growth(7)................ (0.6)% 6.1% 0.2% 4.2% 6.5%
Comparable stores data(8):
Sales per selling square
foot..................... $ 157 $ 163 $ 160 $ 138 $ 143
Selling square footage (in
thousands)............... 1,850 2,185 2,278 4,153 4,511
Capital expenditures...... $ 8,935 $ 18,532 $ 43,587 $ 9,730 $ 10,978
Number of stores:
Beginning of year......... 36 35 69 68 64
Additions................. 1 35 4 1 --
Closings.................. (2) (1) (5) (5) --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
End of year............... 35 69 68 64 64
</TABLE>
13
<PAGE>
- ---------------------
(1) Fiscal 1995 reflects the 53 weeks ended February 3, 1996.
(2) Fiscal 1995 includes a $3.5 million charge related to inventory
liquidation associated with the elimination of certain vendors and other
merchandise changes.
(3) Reflects expenses related to the hiring of the Chief Executive Officer and
the gain recognized on the pension termination in fiscal years 1995 and
1996, respectively.
(4) Includes a $5.7 million restructuring charge for a store closing and work
reduction reserve.
(5) Expense resulting from the early extinguishment of the Company's term loan
and revolving credit facility.
(6) Change in accounting for income taxes.
(7) Fiscal 1996 sales are compared to the 52 weeks ended January 27, 1996.
Comparable store sales growth is calculated based upon the comparison of
sales for stores open for the entire current and prior fiscal years.
(8) Selling square footage and sales per square foot are based upon the square
footage of selling space of stores open for the entire current and prior
fiscal years.
14
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations and
financial condition of the Company should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
The Bon-Ton is a leading operator of quality fashion department stores
offering moderate and better apparel, home furnishings, cosmetics, accessories
and shoes in secondary markets. The Company's strategy focuses on being the
premier fashion retailer in smaller markets that demand, but often have
limited access to, better branded merchandise. In many of its markets, The
Bon-Ton is the primary destination for branded fashion merchandise from top
designers such as Calvin Klein, Liz Claiborne, Nautica, Ralph Lauren and Tommy
Hilfiger. The Bon-Ton operates 64 stores, with 35 stores in Pennsylvania, 24
stores in New York, three stores in Maryland, and one store in each of West
Virginia and New Jersey.
The Bon-Ton provides an in-depth selection of high-quality, well-known
branded merchandise at competitive prices in upscale shopping environments.
None of The Bon-Ton's stores are located in major metropolitan markets, and
most are located in smaller secondary markets. The Bon-Ton's strategic focus
is on smaller secondary markets that are served primarily by moderate-price
competitors offering a more limited selection of better branded fashion
merchandise.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table summarizes the changes in selected operating indicators,
illustrating the relationship of various income and expense items to net sales
for each fiscal year presented:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENT OF NET SALES
FISCAL YEAR
-----------------------
1995 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales........................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Other income, net................................... 0.4 0.4 0.4
Costs and expenses (percent of net sales):
Costs of merchandise sold......................... 63.9 63.1 63.0
Selling, general and administrative............... 34.1 31.5 30.9
Depreciation and amortization..................... 2.0 2.1 2.0
Unusual (income) expense.......................... 0.5 (0.5) --
Restructuring charges............................. 0.9 -- --
Income (loss) from operations....................... (1.0) 4.2 4.4
Interest expense, net............................... 1.4 2.3 2.0
Income (loss) before income taxes................... (2.4) 1.9 2.5
Income tax provision (benefit)...................... (0.9) 0.8 1.0
Income (loss) before extraordinary item............. (1.5) 1.1 1.5
Extraordinary item, net of tax...................... -- -- 0.1
------ ------ ------
Net income (loss)................................... (1.5)% 1.1% 1.4%
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
Net sales. Net sales were $656.4 million for the fifty-two weeks ended
January 31, 1998, an increase of $29.9 million, or 4.8%, over the fifty-two
week period ended February 1, 1997. Comparable store sales for the same period
increased 6.5%. Strong sales performances were achieved in fiscal 1997 in
better ladies' sportswear,
15
<PAGE>
men's collections, men's designer denim, Club X (junior department),
children's better collections and men's and ladies' special sizes. The sales
increases in these categories reflect the results of the Company's merchandise
realignment from a predominately moderate mix to an improved balance of
moderate and better merchandise and a larger selection of sizes, colors and
styles.
Other income, net. Net other income, which is comprised mainly of income
from leased departments, remained constant at 0.4% of net sales for fiscal
1997.
Costs and expenses. Gross margin dollars for fiscal 1997 increased $11.6
million over fiscal 1996 as a result of the sales volume increase and an
improvement in the gross margin rate. Gross profit as a percentage of net
sales increased slightly from 36.9% in fiscal 1996 to 37.0% for fiscal 1997.
The increase in the margin rate was primarily attributable to the continued
improvement in the Company's shrinkage rate as a result of concerted inventory
loss prevention efforts and a decrease in the markdown rate, partially offset
by a strategic reduction in the cumulative markup percentage and reduced
margins on the better merchandise mix.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 1997 were $202.9
million, or 30.9% of net sales, as compared to $197.3 million, or 31.5% of net
sales, in the prior year. The percentage decrease in fiscal 1997 was primarily
attributable to the increased sales volume, a $4.0 million improvement in the
profitability of Company's credit operations in fiscal 1997 and reduced
advertising costs, partially offset by the expense of sales growth programs,
including additional personnel costs, and general inflation costs.
Depreciation and amortization decreased slightly to 2.0% of net sales in
fiscal 1997 from 2.1% of net sales in fiscal 1996. The decrease primarily
reflects the increased sales volume in fiscal 1997.
Fiscal 1996 results were affected by the recognition of $3.2 million in pre-
tax unusual income as the result of terminating the pension plan associated
with one of the Company's 1994 acquisitions.
Income (loss) from operations. Income from operations in fiscal 1997
amounted to $29.2 million, or 4.4% of net sales, as compared to $26.4 million,
or 4.2% of net sales, in fiscal 1996. The improvement was primarily
attributable to the increase in current year sales and gross margin combined
with selling, general and administrative expenses increasing at a rate less
than sales.
Interest expense, net. Net interest expense decreased $1.5 million to $13.2
million, or 2.0% of net sales, in fiscal 1997 from $14.7 million, or 2.3% of
net sales, in the prior fiscal period. The decrease was primarily attributable
to lower average borrowing levels, partially offset by slightly higher
borrowing costs.
Extraordinary item. The Company recorded an expense of $446,000, net of tax,
related to the early extinguishment of the Company's term loan and revolving
credit facility in fiscal 1997.
Net income (loss). Net income in fiscal 1997 amounted to $9.3 million, or
1.4% of net sales, as compared to $6.8 million, or 1.1% of net sales, in
fiscal 1996.
The decrease in the effective tax rate to 39.3% in fiscal 1997 from 42.1% in
fiscal 1996 was primarily a result of the nondeductibility of the Federal
excise tax of $1.1 million relating to the pension plan termination in fiscal
1996.
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
Net sales. Net sales were $626.5 million for the fifty-two weeks ended
February 1, 1997, an increase of 4.1% over the fifty-two week period ended
January 27, 1996. Comparable store sales for the fifty-two week period
increased 4.2%. Net sales for the fifty-two weeks ended February 1, 1997
increased 3.1% versus the fifty-three weeks ended February 3, 1996. Solid
performances were posted in the ladies' apparel, shoes, home and intimate
apparel merchandise categories, all of which showed sales gains above the
Company average. The strong showing in these categories reflects the results
of the Company's merchandise realignment from a predominately moderate mix to
an improved balance of moderate and better merchandise and a larger selection
of sizes, colors and styles.
16
<PAGE>
Other income, net. Net other income, which consisted mainly of income from
leased departments, remained constant at 0.4% of net sales for fiscal 1996.
Costs and expenses. Gross margin dollars increased $11.5 million over fiscal
1995 as a result of the sales volume increase and the improvement in the gross
margin rate. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased from 36.1%
for fiscal 1995 to 36.9% for fiscal 1996. The increase in margin rate was
primarily attributable to a significant improvement in the Company's shrinkage
rate as a result of concerted inventory loss prevention efforts, partially
offset by a strategic reduction in the cumulative markup percentage.
Additionally, fiscal 1995 results were adversely impacted by a $3.5 million
one-time charge relating to inventory liquidation associated with the
Company's elimination of certain vendors and other merchandising strategies.
Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 1996 decreased $9.7
million to 31.5% of net sales from 34.1% of net sales in the prior year. The
rate decrease was primarily attributable to expense control efforts initiated
at the end of fiscal 1995 and applied throughout fiscal 1996 at corporate and
store levels and the absence of $2.2 million in store pre-opening costs
incurred in fiscal 1995. The cost containment initiatives, established in
fiscal 1996, were partially offset by an increase in the Company's advertising
expense. Technological advances in the Company's merchandise handling and
distribution processes resulted in payroll savings at the corporate level. The
store expense rate improved over the prior year, most notably due to the
continued productivity improvements in 1996.
Depreciation and amortization increased slightly to 2.1% of net sales in
fiscal 1996 from 2.0% of net sales in fiscal 1995. The increase was primarily
a result of recognizing a full year of depreciation on the three Rochester
stores and the one store in Elmira, New York opened in late 1995 and asset
additions relating to the August 1996 opening of the Company's fourth store in
the Rochester market.
Fiscal 1996 results were affected by the one-time pre-tax income recognition
of $3.2 million as the result of terminating the pension plan associated with
one of the Company's 1994 acquisitions. Fiscal 1995 results were adversely
impacted by one-time expenses and restructuring charges. Unusual expenses
amounting to $3.3 million were recorded in October 1995 related to the hiring
of the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Restructuring charges amounting to
$5.7 million were recorded in January 1996; $5.0 million was attributable to
costs related to the expected closure of unprofitable locations with the
remainder related to a workforce reduction. Five store locations were closed
in fiscal 1996; costs expended and charged against this reserve through year-
end for these closings were $1.5 million. It is anticipated that the remaining
portion of the restructuring charges, for items such as noncancellable lease
costs, will be expended through the end of 2005.
Income (loss) from operations. Income from operations in fiscal 1996
amounted to $26.4 million, or 4.2% of net sales, as compared to a loss from
operations in fiscal 1995 of $6.2 million, or 1.0% of net sales. The
significant improvement was primarily attributable to an increase in the
fiscal 1996 gross margin combined with a decrease in selling, general and
administrative expenses, the $3.2 million gain recognized on the pension
termination and non-reoccurrence of the unusual expense and restructuring
charges incurred in fiscal 1995.
Interest expense, net. Net interest expense increased $6.0 million to $14.7
million, or 2.3% of net sales, in fiscal 1996 from $8.7 million, or 1.4% of
net sales, in the prior fiscal period. The increase was attributable to higher
average borrowing levels over the prior year, primarily to fund inventory
increases and $9.7 million of capital improvements.
Net income (loss). Net income in fiscal 1996 amounted to $6.8 million, or
1.1% of net sales, as compared to a net loss of $9.2 million, or 1.5% of net
sales, in fiscal 1995.
The increase in the effective tax rate to 42.1% in fiscal 1996 from 38.5% in
fiscal 1995 was primarily attributable to certain expenses relating to
executive compensation and a Federal excise tax of $1.1 million relating to
the pension plan termination in fiscal 1996, both of which were not deductible
for tax reporting purposes.
17
<PAGE>
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS No. 128").
The statement establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per
share ("EPS") and applies to entities with publicly held common stock. SFAS
No. 128 simplifies the standards for computing EPS previously found in
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15, "Earnings Per Share," and makes
them comparable to international EPS standards. It replaces the presentation
of primary and fully diluted EPS with a presentation of basic and diluted EPS,
respectively. SFAS No. 128 also requires the dual presentation of basic and
diluted EPS on the face of the income statement and requires a reconciliation
of the numerator and the denominator of the basic EPS computation to the
numerator and the denominator of the diluted EPS calculation. In accordance
with this statement, the Company has restated all EPS calculations presented
in these financial statements and the notes thereto to reflect the
requirements of SFAS No. 128.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
Many existing computer programs use only two digits to identify a year in
the date field. These programs were designed without consideration for the
impact of the upcoming century change in the year 2000. If not corrected,
applications which are not year 2000 compliant may fail or create erroneous
results when processing year 2000 information. The Company has completed an
assessment of the potential effects of the year 2000 century change and has
established procedures to coordinate the identification, evaluation and
implementation of changes to the established systems and applications
necessary to achieve a year 2000 date conversion. All internally developed
systems, which represent approximately 69% of installed applications, have
been modified to process year 2000 dates. The remaining systems are
commercially supplied software packages maintained by third party vendors and
are scheduled to be upgraded to a year 2000 version or replaced over the next
18 months. All installed systems require testing, which is planned over the
next two years. The cost to complete the conversion, including internal
personnel costs, is estimated to be $1.1 million. The Company is communicating
with major suppliers, financial institutions and service providers with which
it does business to coordinate the conversion effort. The Company's operations
may be adversely affected if the Company or other organizations with which the
Company does business are unsuccessful in completing the conversion in a
timely manner.
SEASONALITY AND INFLATION
The Company's business, like that of most retailers, is subject to seasonal
fluctuations, with the major portion of sales and income realized during the
latter half of each fiscal year, which includes the back-to-school and holiday
seasons. See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the
Company's quarterly results for fiscal 1997 and 1996. Selling, general and
administrative expenses are typically higher as a percentage of net sales
during the first half of each fiscal year.
Because of the seasonality of the Company's business, results for any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for
a full fiscal year. In addition, quarterly results of operations depend upon
the timing and amount of revenues and costs associated with the opening,
closing and remodeling of existing stores.
The Company does not believe inflation had a material effect on operating
results during the past three years. However, there can be no assurance that
the Company's business will not be affected by inflationary adjustments in the
future.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The following table summarizes material measures of the Company's liquidity
and capital resources (dollars in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 3, FEBRUARY 1, JANUARY 31,
1996 1997 1998
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Working capital........................ $90.8 $102.9 $123.1
Current ratio.......................... 1.93:1 2.03:1 2.22:1
Funded debt to total capitalization.... 0.55:1 0.55:1 0.49:1
Unused availability under lines of
credit................................ $36.0 $22.0 $17.5
</TABLE>
18
<PAGE>
The Company's primary sources of working capital are cash flow from
operations, borrowings under its revolving credit facility and proceeds from
its accounts receivable facility. The Company had working capital of $90.8
million, $102.9 million and $123.1 million at the end of fiscal 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively. The increase in working capital in fiscal 1997 was
principally attributable to an increase in merchandise inventories due to the
change in merchandise mix and a greater selection of sizes, colors and styles.
It also reflected the inventory required to support the increased sales volume
and the increase in accounts receivable as a result of the Company's increased
sales. The increase in working capital was partially offset by a decrease in
other current assets due to the pension asset termination in fiscal 1996,
increased payable levels consistent with increased inventory and an increase
in income taxes payable reflecting the Company's profit in fiscal 1997. The
Company's business follows a seasonal pattern and working capital fluctuates
with seasonal variations. Historically, the Company's working capital is at
its lowest levels from February through July and then increases very sharply
through November when it reaches its highest level.
To support the anticipated working capital requirements of the Company
during the next three years, the Company entered into a new asset based
borrowing agreement in April 1997. The terms of the new financing provide for
a secured revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million (the "Credit
Facility"). The amount available for borrowing under the Credit Facility is
based on eligible inventory and selected fixed assets and real estate. The
Credit Facility provides the Company with additional borrowing capacity during
peak inventory periods and contains restrictive covenants, including a minimum
trade support ratio, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and limitations on
dividends, additional incurrence of debt and capital expenditures. As a result
of this transaction, the Company incurred an extraordinary charge of $446,000,
net of tax, relating to the early extinguishment of its existing term loan and
revolving credit facility. In addition, the Company completed a sale and
leaseback transaction on two of its owned properties in April 1997 which
generated net proceeds of $10.8 million. These proceeds were utilized to repay
certain indebtedness and to fund ongoing working capital requirements. The
leaseback terms under this agreement provide that the Company lease the
properties over a primary term of 20 years.
Net cash used in operating activities amounted to $14.2 million, $1.2
million and $7.7 million in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Net
operating outflows in fiscal 1997 primarily resulted from increases in working
capital over prior year levels, partially offset by depreciation and
amortization and net income in the current year. The major components of the
working capital increase were a higher level of merchandise inventories and
customer accounts receivable principally attributable to the increased sales
volume, partially offset by a decrease in other assets primarily relating to
the pension asset terminated in fiscal 1996 and increases in accounts payable,
accrued expenses and income taxes payable.
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $48.4 million and $8.9
million in fiscal 1995 and 1996, respectively, while net cash provided by
investing activities amounted to $21.9 million in fiscal 1997. The net cash
inflow in fiscal 1997 primarily reflects proceeds received from the additional
sale of $22.0 million of proprietary credit card receivables under the
Company's accounts receivable facility and proceeds from a sale and leaseback
arrangement of $10.8 million, partially offset by capital expenditures of
$11.0 million that are primarily related to the construction of a new store in
Jamestown, New York, expansion and remodeling of existing stores and
expenditures for fixtures and displays. On February 17, 1998, the Company sold
its vacant facility in Lancaster, Pennsylvania. The net proceeds of $1.2
million were used to fund additional working capital requirements.
Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $67.9 million and $9.7
million in fiscal 1995 and 1996, respectively, while net cash used in
financing activities was $11.6 million in fiscal 1997. The net cash outflow in
fiscal 1997 was primarily attributable to the net repayment on the Company's
long-term debt, partially offset by proceeds from stock options that were
exercised by employees.
19
<PAGE>
The Company currently anticipates that its capital expenditures for fiscal
1998 will be approximately $16.0 million. The expenditures will be directed
toward fixturing and leasehold improvements in the Company's stores, including
the new store in Jamestown, New York that opened in March 1998, and
information system enhancements.
Aside from planned capital expenditures, the Company's primary cash
requirements will be to service debt and finance working capital increases
during peak selling seasons. The Company anticipates that its cash balances
and cash flows from operations, supplemented by borrowings under the Credit
Facility and proceeds from its accounts receivable facility, will be
sufficient to satisfy its operating cash requirements.
20
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
THE COMPANY
The Bon-Ton is a leading operator of quality fashion department stores
offering moderate and better apparel, home furnishings, cosmetics, accessories
and shoes in secondary markets. The Company's strategy focuses on being the
premier fashion retailer in smaller markets that demand, but often have
limited access to, better branded merchandise. In many of its markets, The
Bon-Ton is the primary destination for branded fashion merchandise from top
designers such as Calvin Klein, Liz Claiborne, Nautica, Ralph Lauren and Tommy
Hilfiger. The Bon-Ton operates 64 stores, with 35 stores in Pennsylvania, 24
stores in New York, three stores in Maryland, and one store in each of West
Virginia and New Jersey.
The Bon-Ton provides an in-depth selection of high-quality, well-known
branded merchandise at competitive prices in upscale shopping environments.
None of The Bon-Ton's stores are located in major metropolitan markets, and
most are located in smaller secondary markets. The Bon-Ton's strategic focus
is on smaller secondary markets that are served primarily by moderate-price
competitors offering a more limited selection of better branded fashion
merchandise.
Since 1995, the Company has strengthened the quality and depth of management
by hiring a new chief executive officer and seven additional senior
executives, all of whom have extensive experience with major department
stores. This management team has pursued a series of key initiatives to
generate growth. These initiatives include:
-- shifting its merchandise mix to include a higher proportion of better
branded apparel;
--offering an extended choice of merchandise in sizes, colors and styles;
--strengthening its relationship with key vendors;
--intensifying the selection of its private brands;
--expanding and upgrading stores in selected smaller markets; and
-- enhancing customer service through frequent purchaser clubs and
promoting The Bon-Ton proprietary credit card.
As a result of these initiatives, The Bon-Ton has achieved comparable store
sales growth which ranks among the highest in the department store industry in
each of the last six fiscal quarters, compared to the same period in the prior
fiscal year, as shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL 1996 COMPARABLE STORE SALES GROWTH
<S> <C>
Third Quarter '96 3.2%
Fourth Quarter '96 9.2%
<CAPTION>
FISCAL 1997
<S> <C>
First Quarter '97 5.1%
Second Quarter '97 6.9%
Third Quarter '97 7.1%
Fourth Quarter '97 6.5%
</TABLE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's business strategy is to position itself as the premier fashion
retailer in its targeted smaller markets. Key elements of the strategy are
summarized below.
PURSUE NICHE AS PREMIER FASHION RETAILER
The Bon-Ton carves out and maintains a niche in smaller secondary markets by
offering a higher proportion of better to moderate merchandise in an upscale
environment with superior customer service. Moderate-price competitors in
these markets generally offer a more limited selection of quality brands or do
not carry the same better brands as The Bon-Ton.
21
<PAGE>
Realign merchandise mix and increase selection. The Bon-Ton is shifting its
merchandise mix to incorporate an improved balance of moderate and better
merchandise. The Company has increased its proportion of better apparel from
approximately 27% of sales in fiscal 1995 to 38% of sales in fiscal 1997. The
Bon-Ton also is increasing its selection of sizes, colors and styles in key
merchandise categories. By offering better brands in addition to moderately
priced goods, The Bon-Ton not only attracts new customers who shop for better
brands but also provides its traditional core customers (households with
annual incomes of $30,000--$75,000) with a broader selection of merchandise.
Enhance relationships with higher-quality vendors. The Company has reduced
its vendor base from approximately 2,400 in 1994 to 1,350 in 1997, resulting
in improved relations with and increased support from its vendors in the form
of enhanced purchasing opportunities and greater advertising subsidies. In
addition, The Bon-Ton intends to increase significantly the number of vendor
shops featuring merchandise from key vendors such as Calvin Klein, Nautica,
Ralph Lauren, Tommy Hilfiger and Tommy Hilfiger Jeans. In vendor shops,
merchandise is grouped and positioned in preferred floor locations and
enhanced with distinctive, vendor-specific fixturing, signage and displays.
Differentiate with private brands. The Bon-Ton positions its private brand
merchandise as quality fashion apparel at competitive prices. These private
brands, which include Andrea Viccaro, Jenny Buchanan, Susquehanna Trail
Outfitters and Susquehanna Blues, differentiate The Bon-Ton from its
competitors. In 1996, the Company expanded its private brand program with
better sportswear, utilizing manufacturers of well-known better branded
merchandise. Private brand merchandise represented approximately 8% of sales
in fiscal 1995 and 14% of sales in fiscal 1997.
EMPHASIZE CUSTOMER SERVICE
The Company places great emphasis on providing a high level of customer
service to distinguish its stores from the competition and to create customer
loyalty. The Company accomplishes this through its well-trained and
experienced sales and support associates and by offering services such as free
gift wrap, The Bon-Ton proprietary credit card, frequent-purchaser clubs and
in-store alterations.
FOCUS ON GROWTH IN EXISTING STORES IN SMALLER SECONDARY MARKETS
The Company believes growth opportunities are available through positioning
better branded merchandise in additional existing Bon-Ton stores in smaller
secondary markets. The Company will continue to focus on improving its
merchandise mix in these stores and upgrading these stores by refixturing and
remodeling in order to increase store productivity and enhance The Bon-Ton's
image as an upscale retail destination. In 1997, the Company increased the
square footage at three locations, increasing the size of existing merchandise
categories and adding new merchandise categories. In addition, the Company has
identified 25 of its 64 stores for potential expansion. Over the next three to
five years, the Company anticipates expanding the square footage of its more
productive stores by adding up to 400,000 square feet.
GROW BY OPENING NEW STORES AND THROUGH ACQUISITIONS
The Company opened a new 60,000 square foot store in the Jamestown, New York
market in March 1998. The Company has preliminarily identified approximately
50 secondary markets which meet The Bon-Ton's demographic and competitive
criteria for opening new stores. The Company anticipates opening several new
stores in the next three to five years, adding up to 600,000 square feet. The
Company also intends to consider opportunities for growth through acquisitions
of department store companies or their real estate assets if and when such
opportunities arise. These acquisitions may or may not be in lieu of new store
openings.
MERCHANDISING
The Bon-Ton stores offer moderate and better fashion apparel, home
furnishings, cosmetics, accessories, shoes and other items. The Company's
sales of apparel constituted 63% of sales in fiscal year 1997. The chart below
illustrates the sales by product category for fiscal 1997:
22
<PAGE>
SALES BY PRODUCT CATEGORY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
-------------------
1995 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Women's clothing........................................ 27.5% 27.4% 28.0%
Men's clothing.......................................... 17.5 17.7 17.8
Home.................................................... 11.8 12.0 12.2
Cosmetics............................................... 9.9 9.8 9.7
Children's clothing..................................... 8.0 7.4 7.0
Accessories............................................. 8.0 7.9 7.3
Junior's clothing....................................... 5.6 5.5 5.5
Intimate apparel........................................ 5.0 5.3 5.0
Shoes................................................... 4.4 4.7 5.0
Fine Jewelry............................................ 1.6 1.7 2.0
Beauty Salon............................................ 0.7 0.6 0.5
----- ----- -----
Total................................................. 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company strives to be a fashion leader in the markets it serves, to
advertise and stock new merchandise and to carry a full range of quality
vendors and private brand merchandise at competitive prices. The Company
carries a number of highly recognized brand names, including Calvin Klein,
Cole.Haan, Estee Lauder, Jones New York, Kenneth Cole, Liz Claiborne, Nautica,
Nine West, Ralph Lauren, Steve Madden, Tommy Hilfiger, Tommy Hilfiger Jeans
and Via Spiga, and within these brands chooses collections which balance
fashion, price and selection.
The Company continues to implement its strategy of shifting the merchandise
mix from predominantly moderate to a higher proportion of better brands and
assessing each store to determine the appropriate product mix for the market
it serves. As part of this process, the Company has revised its inventory
strategy to carry a deeper selection from fewer, select vendors. By offering
expanded product lines from major national brand vendors, the Company seeks to
promote its quality image and attract customers to its stores.
The Company also is placing greater emphasis on vendor shops within its
stores from key vendors such as Calvin Klein, Nautica, Ralph Lauren, Tommy
Hilfiger and Tommy Hilfiger Jeans. The Company increased the number of vendor
shops from approximately 119 in 1995 to 234 in 1997. In such vendor shops,
merchandise is grouped and positioned in preferred floor locations to provide
enhanced visibility with distinctive, vendor-specific fixturing, signage and
displays. The Company's vendors seek to capitalize on the value of the
Company's customer base and are willing to make a financial commitment through
enhanced purchasing opportunities, increased advertising subsidies and
financial contributions to support enhanced presentation and fixturing.
Complementing its branded merchandise, the Company's exclusive private brand
merchandise provides fashion at competitive pricing under names such as Andrea
Viccaro, Jenny Buchanan, Susquehanna Trail Outfitters and Susquehanna Blues.
The Bon-Ton views its private brand merchandise as a strategic addition to its
strong array of highly recognized, quality national brands and as an
opportunity to increase brand exclusiveness, customer loyalty and competitive
differentiation. In 1996, the Company enhanced its private brand program by
supplementing its existing lines with better sportswear, utilizing
manufacturers which produce better goods for more widely-recognized brands.
The Company believes the combination of nationally recognized brands and
private brand merchandise differentiates the Company's stores from their
competitors. Private brand merchandise represented approximately 8% of sales
in fiscal 1995 and 14% of sales in fiscal 1997.
MARKETING
The Bon-Ton seeks to attract new customers and to maintain customer loyalty
with frequent-shopper clubs such as "Club X," which was created for the
Company's junior customers. Through its "retail-tainment" program, the Company
promotes in-store events such as fashion shows, wardrobe seminars and cooking
demonstrations in selected markets, and tie-ins with local charitable and
cultural organizations.
23
<PAGE>
The Company attracts customers by offering services such as free gift wrap,
special order capability and in-store alterations. In addition, through its
"Certified Value" program, the Company maintains everyday value prices on
staple items such as turtlenecks, T-shirts, shorts and denim within major
product groups. To increase merchandise turnover, the Company systematically
marks down slow-selling merchandise that is no longer current.
The Company conducts its advertising and promotional programs through
newspaper advertisements, direct mail and, to a lesser extent, local
television and radio. The Company maintains an in-house advertising group that
produces substantially all of its print advertising. The effectiveness of the
Company's direct mail efforts has been greatly enhanced through database
management systems. By accurately identifying the predictors of response to
its direct mail pieces, the Company now has the ability to rank, score and
select customers with event-specific information.
Management believes that because proprietary credit card customers tend to
be repeat customers and have higher purchasing levels per store visit, The
Bon-Ton proprietary credit card is an important element in customer loyalty
and provides a productive tool for customer segmentation and database
marketing. The Company's customers may pay for purchases with The Bon-Ton
proprietary credit card, Visa, Mastercard, American Express, cash or check. In
fiscal 1997 approximately 50% of the Company's net sales were purchased with
The Bon-Ton proprietary credit card.
The following table sets forth the percentage of total sales generated by
payment type:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
----------------------------
TYPE OF PAYMENT 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
The Bon-Ton Credit Card............................. 54% 54% 55% 51% 50%
Visa, Mastercard, AmEx.............................. 12 13 16 20 22
Cash, Check......................................... 34 33 29 29 28
</TABLE>
During fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company issued 255,000 and 273,000 Bon-Ton
credit cards, respectively, for newly opened accounts.
THE BON-TON STORES
The Bon-Ton stores vary in size from approximately 45,000 to 160,000 gross
square feet, with 42 of such stores at less than 90,000 gross square feet. All
but two of The Bon-Ton stores are anchor tenants in shopping malls or in, or
adjacent to, strip shopping centers. All of the Company's stores are operated
as "The Bon-Ton."
As part of The Bon-Ton's merchandising strategy, the Company has upgraded
the appearance of its stores to reflect its commitment to be the leading
provider of better apparel in its markets. The Bon-Ton has aggressively
pursued strategic vendor partnerships and shop concepts to enhance its
merchandise presentation. The Company has worked closely with vendors such as
Calvin Klein, Liz Claiborne, Nautica, Ralph Lauren, Tommy Hilfiger, Waterford
and several major shoe vendors to upgrade the appearance of its selling floor
through distinctive fixturing. Continuing the strategy to emphasize its
exclusive lines, The Bon-Ton has supported its private brands with fixturing,
signage and visual enhancements in newly created shops. In addition to the
Company's corporate visual merchandising staff, each store has at least one
associate responsible for visual presentation. The Company continually
evaluates all aspects of its visual merchandising program to provide an
aesthetically pleasing atmosphere for its customers.
The Company utilizes prototype store layouts based primarily on the
Company's estimate of the size of the potential market. Store layouts are
customized based on the actual size and configuration of the individual
stores. The stores typically utilize a "race track" configuration (an oval
aisle encircling a central core), and the Company plans the aisle layouts to
provide a more pleasing visual experience. The Company attempts to arrange its
products to provide a logical flow from department to department and
continually monitors its product layouts in an attempt to make shopping easier
and to maximize sales per square foot.
24
<PAGE>
The cost of opening a new store varies substantially depending on the size
of the store, the amount of new construction involved, whether the store is
owned or leased and other factors. Leased stores are typically built by the
developer at the developer's expense and fixtured by the Company at its
expense. In both leased and owned stores, the developer may make some level of
contribution to the Company's cost.
The following table provides certain information regarding the Company's
stores:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE
GROSS SQUARE YEAR OPENED
MARKET LOCATION FEET OR ACQUIRED
<S> <C> <C> <C>
PENNSYLVANIA
Allentown South Mall 111,000 1994
Bethlehem Westgate Mall 107,100 1994
Bloomsburg Columbia Mall 46,100 1988
Butler Clearview Mall 63,600 1982
Carlisle Carlisle Plaza Mall 59,900 1977
Chambersburg Chambersburg Mall 55,600 1985
Doylestown Doylestown Shopping Center 55,500 1994
Easton Palmer Park Mall 120,200 1994
Greensburg Westmoreland Mall 99,900 1987
Hanover North Hanover Mall 67,600 1971
Harrisburg Camp Hill 145,200 1987
Colonial Park Shopping Center 136,500 1987
Indiana Indiana Mall 60,400 1979
Johnstown The Galleria 80,900 1992
Lancaster Park City Center 144,800 1992
Lebanon Lebanon Plaza Mall 53,700 1994
Lewistown Central Business District 46,700 1972
Oil City Cranberry Mall 45,200 1982
Pottsville Schuylkill Mall 61,100 1987
Quakertown Richland Mall 88,100 1994
Reading Berkshire Mall 159,400 1987
Scranton Keyser Oak Plaza 57,600 1980
State College Nittany Mall 70,200 1994
Stroudsburg Stroud Mall 87,000 1994
Sunbury Susquehanna Valley Mall 60,200 1978
Trexlertown Trexler Mall 54,000 1994
Uniontown Uniontown Mall 71,000 1976
Warren Warren Mall 50,000 1980
Washington Franklin Mall 78,100 1987
Williamsport Lycoming Mall 60,100 1986
Wilkes-Barre Midway Shopping Center 66,000 1987
Wyoming Valley Mall 159,500 1987
York York Galleria 128,200 1989
Queensgate Shopping Center 85,100 1962
West Manchester Mall 80,200 1981
NEW YORK
Binghamton Oakdale Mall 80,000 1981
Buffalo Northtown Plaza 100,800 1994
Walden Galleria 150,000 1994
Eastern Hills Mall 151,200 1994
McKinley Mall 97,200 1994
Sheridan/Delaware Plaza 124,100 1994
Southgate Plaza 100,500 1994
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE
GROSS SQUARE YEAR OPENED
MARKET LOCATION FEET OR ACQUIRED
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NEW YORK
Elmira Arnot Mall 74,800 1995
Ithaca Pyramid Mall 52,400 1991
Jamestown Chautauqua Mall 60,000 1998
Lockport Lockport Mall 82,000 1994
Massena St. Lawrence Centre 51,000 1994
Niagara Falls Summit Park Mall 88,100 1994
Olean Olean Mall 73,000 1994
Rochester The Mall at Greece Ridge Center 144,600 1996
The Marketplace Mall 100,000 1995
Irondequoit Mall 102,600 1995
Eastview Mall 118,900 1995
Saratoga Springs Wilton Mall 71,700 1993
Syracuse Carousel Center 80,000 1994
Camillus Mall 64,700 1994
Great Northern Mall 98,400 1994
Shoppingtown Mall 70,100 1994
Watertown Salmon Run Mall 50,200 1992
MARYLAND
Cumberland Country Club Mall 60,900 1979
Frederick Frederick Towne Mall 77,900 1972
Hagerstown Valley Mall 100,000 1974
WEST VIRGINIA
Martinsburg Martinsburg Mall 65,800 1994
NEW JERSEY
Phillipsburg Phillipsburg Mall 65,000 1994
</TABLE>
ACQUISITIONS
The Company doubled its size in fiscal 1994 through the acquisition of 35
stores from three regional department store chains. In July 1994, The Bon-Ton
purchased AM&A, a department store company with ten stores located in and
around the greater Buffalo, New York area, and substantially remodeled and
repositioned such stores. Fiscal 1996 represented the former AM&A stores'
first full year of operation as The Bon-Ton stores, uninterrupted by remodels
or liquidations. In September 1994, the Company acquired 19 stores and a
326,000 square foot distribution center from Hess, a leading department store
chain in secondary markets in Pennsylvania. No major store remodeling or
repositioning was required to integrate the Hess stores into The Bon-Ton store
network. In October 1994, the Company acquired certain assets of Chappell's, a
department store company with six stores headquartered in Syracuse, New York,
to further complement its market position in upstate New York. Results for
fiscal year 1995 reflect investments in converting these stores. Four of the
six former Chappell's stores were remodeled and upgraded in fiscal 1996 and
completed a full year of uninterrupted operation as The Bon-Ton stores in
1997.
In March 1995, the Company acquired three vacant department stores in
Rochester, New York and leased a store in Elmira, New York. These stores
opened to the public in November 1995. Also in November 1995, the Company
acquired an additional vacant store in Rochester which opened in August 1996,
completing its entry into this market. In March 1998, the Company opened a
60,000 square foot store in the Jamestown, New York market.
26
<PAGE>
CLOSURES
As the Company integrated its acquisitions, management performed a full
review of operating assets and identified stores that it classified as
overlapping or as underperforming assets. In March 1995, the Company closed
downtown stores located in Lancaster, Pennsylvania and Buffalo, New York. In
January 1996, the Company closed its downtown Allentown, Pennsylvania store
and two former Hess stores located in malls which already contained The
Bon-Ton stores. The Company also closed two more overlapping stores and three
underperforming stores in January 1997 and is closing its Rome, Georgia store
in April 1998. As part of its commitment to improve return on assets, the
Company continues to review underperforming stores and evaluate not only store
performance but also the impact of future closures on each market. No further
store closures are planned at this time.
The following table sets forth the total of The Bon-Ton stores at the
beginning and end of each of the last five fiscal years, including the number
of additional stores from acquisitions and the opening of new stores and the
number of store closures:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR
----------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Number of stores:
Beginning of year................................. 36 35 69 68 64
Additions........................................ 1 35 4 1 0
Closings......................................... (2) (1) (5) (5) 0
--- --- --- --- ---
End of year....................................... 35 69 68 64 64
</TABLE>
PURCHASING AND DISTRIBUTION
The Bon-Ton's strategy is to build relationships with its top vendors,
creating working alliances that will be mutually beneficial to the vendor and
the Company. The Company has reduced its total number of vendors by 44% since
1994 and, as of January 1998, the Company purchases merchandise from
approximately 1,350 domestic and foreign manufacturers and suppliers, with
relatively little concentration in any one supplier.
The Company purchases certain of its private brand merchandise through
Frederick Atkins, Inc. ("Atkins"), an association of major retailers that
provides its members with group purchasing opportunities. The Company's
membership in Atkins also entitles it to receive current information about
marketing and operating trends.
The Company employs four general merchandise managers and 12 divisional
merchandise managers who direct 58 buyers. The Company's planner/distributor
department, utilized more typically by larger department store chains,
relieves the Company's buying staff from responsibility for planning and
allocation decisions among stores and merchandise categories, thereby
permitting buyers to focus on their primary responsibilities of trend
identification, merchandise selection, product development and marketing. This
specialized planner /distributor staff also provides detailed and efficient
analysis and planning with respect to allocation of merchandise among stores
and lines of business. The Company believes that its planner/distributor
system results in more efficient merchandise allocations and faster
merchandise replenishments and turnovers, thereby increasing sales.
The Company operates two automated distribution centers: a 143,700 square
foot facility in York, Pennsylvania and a 326,000 square foot facility in
Allentown, Pennsylvania. The Company utilizes an incentive program based upon
engineered standards to continually improve the productivity of its
distribution center workers. The distribution centers currently operate on one
shift; however, by adding second shifts, the Company believes that the
capacity of the distribution centers can be at least doubled. There is
substantial space for additional expansion at the York and Allentown sites and
additional truck docks in place not currently used in Allentown.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM
General. The Company operates a proprietary management information and
control system with the capability to track inventory from the distribution
centers to the point-of-sale and to generate financial reports by
27
<PAGE>
multiple categories. The Company currently operates seven primary system
modules: Merchandising; Financial; Point-of-Sale; Purchase Order Management;
Financial Transfer; Receiving; and Planning & Allocation. The Company utilizes
the information generated from these modules to execute timely decisions in
relation to the management of its business on a daily, weekly and monthly
basis.
The Company is in the process of enhancing its management information and
control system to utilize advance shipping information through an electronic
data interchange in order to expedite the flow of merchandise through the
distribution centers. The Company believes that this system will provide
improved productivity and better in-stock availability. The Company also plans
to modernize its in-store systems over the next several years to improve
operating efficiencies. The use of radio frequency for barcode scanning will
streamline price change processing, re-ticketing, price audits and signage for
promotional events, and an upgrade to the point-of-sale system, including an
updated gift registry system, is planned to further enhance customer service
and inventory management.
Effects of Year 2000. Many existing computer programs use only two digits to
identify a year in the date field. These programs were designed and developed
without considering the impact of the upcoming century change in the year
2000. If not corrected, many computer applications could fail or create
erroneous results when processing year 2000 data.
The Company has completed an assessment of the potential effects of the year
2000 century change and has established a central office to coordinate the
identification, evaluation and implementation of changes to the Company's
systems and applications necessary to achieve a year 2000 date conversion. All
internally developed systems, which represent 69% of installed applications,
have been modified to process year 2000 dates. The remaining systems are
commercially supplied software packages maintained by third party vendors and
are scheduled to be upgraded to a year 2000 version or replaced over the next
18 months. All installed systems require testing, which is planned over the
next two years. The cost to complete the conversion, including internal
personnel costs, is estimated to be $1.1 million. The Company is communicating
with major suppliers, financial institutions and service providers to
coordinate the conversion effort.
PROPRIETARY CREDIT CARD OPERATIONS AND RECEIVABLES SECURITIZATION
All phases of The Bon-Ton proprietary credit card operation are handled by
the Company except statement mailing and the processing of customer mail
payments, which processing is performed pursuant to a retail lockbox agreement
with a bank. Decisions whether to issue a credit card to an applicant are made
on the basis of a credit scoring system. According to the National Retail
Federation, net write-offs as a percentage of credit sales for the retail
industry ranged from 1.06% to 5.09% in 1996. The Company's bad debt expense is
in the lower end of this range.
In June 1995, the Company established The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership,
LP ("BTRLP"), a limited partnership created for the purpose of selling
securitized credit card receivables. Under the securitization agreement, the
Company may have outstanding at any one time up to $150 million of securitized
credit card receivables on a limited recourse basis. The agreement requires
that BTRLP typically hold a 15% participation interest in receivables sold. In
fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company reported securitization income, which
represents the spread between finance charge yield and the cost of financing
receivables, reduced by a provision for bad debt, of $6.2 million and $8.4
million, respectively. The impact of the proprietary credit card program on
net income is significantly less than the amount of the aforementioned
securitization income, as operating expenses associated with the credit
division are excluded from the calculation of securitization income. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
COMPETITION
The Bon-Ton faces competition for customers from traditional department
stores such as J.C. Penney and Company, Inc. ("J.C. Penney"), Federated
Department Stores Inc. ("Federated"), The May Company and
28
<PAGE>
Sears, Roebuck and Co. ("Sears"), from regional department stores such as
Boscov's and from specialty stores and catalogue and other retailers. In
addition, the Company faces competition for store locations from other
department stores and other large retailers. In a number of its markets, the
Company competes for customers with national department store chains which are
better established in such markets than the Company and which offer a similar
mix of better branded merchandise as the Company. In other markets, the
Company faces potential competition from national chains that to date have not
entered such markets and from national chains which have stores in the
Company's markets but currently do not carry similar better branded goods as
the Company. In all markets, the Company generally competes for customers with
department stores offering moderately priced goods. Many of the Company's
competitors are units of large national or regional chains that may have
substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company. Some of
the Company's competitors have greater leverage with vendors of better
merchandise than the Company, which may allow such competitors to obtain such
merchandise more easily or on better terms than the Company. Competition with
The May Company, in particular, increased during fiscal 1994 and 1995 as a
result of The Bon-Ton's entry into certain markets in which The May Company
stores are located and The May Company's entry into certain markets in which
The Bon-Ton's stores are located. Currently, The Bon-Ton competes directly
with The May Company in a significant number of The Bon-Ton's geographic
markets. In several of the Company's markets, the Company's stores compete
with other department stores in the immediate vicinity which are larger and/or
have a superior location in the relevant mall or local shopping area.
The Company believes it compares favorably with its competitors with respect
to quality, depth and breadth of merchandise, prices for comparable quality
merchandise, customer service and store environment. The Company also believes
its knowledge of smaller secondary markets in particular, developed over its
many years of operation, and its focus on secondary markets as its primary
area of operation, give it an advantage that cannot be readily duplicated.
ASSOCIATES
As of January 31, 1998, the Company had approximately 2,600 full-time and
5,900 part-time associates. The Company also employs additional part-time
clerks and cashiers during peak periods. None of the Company's associates are
represented by a labor union. Management believes that the Company's
relationship with its associates is good.
PROPERTIES
The Company leases 56 of its stores and owns eight stores, three of which
are subject to ground leases. The Company leases a total of 154,600 square
feet for its executive and administrative offices which are located at or near
the York Mall in York, Pennsylvania. The Company also leases the land (but
owns the building) for its 143,700 square foot distribution center in York,
Pennsylvania and leases its 326,000 square foot distribution center in
Allentown, Pennsylvania.
29
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
executive officers and directors:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
<S> <C> <C>
Heywood Wilansky........ 50 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
M. Thomas ("Tim") 58 Chairman of the Board and Director
Grumbacher.............
Michael L. Gleim........ 55 Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer and
Director
Douglas G. Lamm......... 51 Executive Vice President, Softlines Merchandise
James H. Baireuther..... 51 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Robert W. Bennet........ 41 Senior Vice President, General Merchandise
Manager
Jack Boonshaft.......... 55 Senior Vice President, Stores
J. Rick Cusick.......... 40 Senior Vice President, General Merchandise
Manager
H. Stephen Evans........ 48 Senior Vice President, Real Estate, Legal and
Governmental Affairs
Elizabeth R. Feher...... 37 Senior Vice President, General Merchandise
Manager
William T. Harmon....... 43 Senior Vice President, Sales Promotion, Marketing
and Strategic Planning
Theodore C. Johnson, 64 Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Jr.....................
Cheryl Jan Ladnier...... 49 Senior Vice President, Product Development,
Fashion Merchandising and Special Events
Patrick J. McIntyre..... 53 Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer
Ryan J. Sattler......... 53 Senior Vice President, Operations
Stephen M. Sloane....... 51 Senior Vice President, General Merchandise
Manager
Stephanie Stough........ 46 Senior Vice President, Merchandise Planning &
Control
Samuel J. Gerson........ 57 Director
Roger S. Hillas......... 70 Director
Lawrence J. Ring........ 49 Director
Leon D. Starr........... 79 Director
Leon F. Winbigler....... 72 Director
</TABLE>
Heywood Wilansky joined the Company in August 1995 as President, Chief
Executive Officer and a director. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Wilansky
was employed by The May Company for more than 19 years. From 1992 to August
1995, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Foley's division of
The May Company, and from 1991 to 1992, he was President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Filene's division of The May Company. Prior to that, he was
with the Hecht's and Lord & Taylor divisions of The May Company.
M. Thomas Grumbacher joined the Company in 1961 and has been Chairman of the
Board since August 1991. From 1977 to 1989, he was President and from 1985 to
1995 he was Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Michael L. Gleim joined the Company in 1989 as Executive Vice President and
Chief Administrative Officer. He became Senior Executive Vice President and a
director in 1991, and Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer in December
1995. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gleim was employed by Federated for
more than 25 years.
Douglas G. Lamm joined the Company as Senior Vice President, General
Merchandise Manager in October 1995. He was appointed Executive Vice
President, Softlines Merchandise in February 1998. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Lamm owned a chain of women's large size apparel boutiques from
1988 to 1995, and from 1984 to 1988 was Senior Vice President and General
Merchandise Manager at Venture Stores, Inc. in St. Louis.
30
<PAGE>
James H. Baireuther joined the Company as Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer in June 1996. From September 1994 until he joined the
Company, Mr. Baireuther served in the same capacity for DAC Vision ("DAC") in
Garland, Texas, a manufacturer and distributor of optical supplies, parts and
contact lenses. Prior to joining DAC, Mr. Baireuther was Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer for Eye Care Centers of America, a
retail optical superstore chain and wholly-owned subsidiary of Sears. From
1969 until 1989, he held a variety of corporate positions with Sears,
including Director of Mergers and Acquisitions, Manager of Corporate Financial
Analysis and Controller.
Robert W. Bennet joined the Company in March 1993 as Divisional Vice
President, Divisional Merchandise Manager. He was named Senior Vice President,
General Merchandise Manager in February 1998. Prior to joining the Company, he
was associated with Famous-Barr, a division of The May Company, for 14 years,
where he held a variety of merchandising positions.
Jack Boonshaft joined the Company in January 1996 as Vice President, Stores'
Merchandising, and was named Senior Vice President, Stores in February 1998.
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Boonshaft was employed by Hecht's, a
division of The May Company, where his last position was Regional Vice
President, Stores, in which position he served for ten years.
J. Rick Cusick joined the Company in October 1996 as Divisional Vice
President, Divisional Merchandise Manager. He was named Senior Vice President,
General Merchandise Manager in July 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr.
Cusick was employed by Marshall's from September 1995 to February 1996 where
he held the position of Divisional Vice President, Divisional Merchandise
Manager. From 1980 to 1995, Mr. Cusick held a variety of merchandising
positions with Filene's, Foley's and The Broadway.
H. Stephen Evans joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Real Estate in
1991. He was named Senior Vice President, Real Estate, Legal and Governmental
Affairs in 1993. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Evans was employed by J.C.
Penney from 1978 to 1991 where he served most recently as Senior Regional Real
Estate Representative from 1986 to 1991 in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
Elizabeth R. Feher joined the Company as Divisional Vice President,
Divisional Merchandise Manager in October 1994. She was promoted to Senior
Vice President, General Merchandise Manager in February 1998. Ms. Feher was
previously associated with Hess where she served as Vice President,
Merchandise Manager for over six years.
William T. Harmon joined the Company in June 1997 as Senior Vice President,
Sales Promotion, Marketing and Strategic Planning. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Harmon was with Foley's from December 1992 to June 1997, last
serving as Senior Vice President, Merchandising Planning. Mr. Harmon had
previously served as Vice President/Assistant to the President for Filene's
for more than three years and was employed by McKinsey & Company for seven
years.
Theodore C. Johnson joined the Company in 1988 as Senior Vice President,
Human Resources. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Johnson was associated with
the Higbee Company, a department store company based in Cleveland, Ohio, where
he served most recently as Senior Vice President- Human Resources for more
than five years.
Cheryl Jan Ladnier joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Sales
Promotion and Marketing in December 1993 and was subsequently named Senior
Vice President, Marketing and Corporate Communications. In May 1997, Ms.
Ladnier was named Senior Vice President, Product Development, Fashion
Merchandising and Special Events. From January 1993 until October 1993, Ms.
Ladnier served as Corporate Vice President, Public Relations with Neiman
Marcus in Dallas, Texas. Prior to January 1993, she was associated with The
May Company for 14 years.
Patrick J. McIntyre joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Chief
Information Officer in June 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. McIntyre
was associated with The Cato Corporation, a woman's specialty
31
<PAGE>
apparel retailer, where he served as Senior Vice President, Chief Information
Officer for more than eight years. Prior to his association with The Cato
Corporation, Mr. McIntyre held similar positions with the Higbee Company,
Burdine's Department Store and Kaufmann's.
Ryan J. Sattler joined the Company as Vice President, Distribution and
Operations in 1986 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Operations in
1990. Mr. Sattler previously served as Vice President, Director of Gimbels
Midwest Department Stores in Milwaukee, Wisconsin from 1983 to 1986.
Stephen M. Sloane joined the Company in February 1997 as Senior Vice
President, General Merchandise Manager for the Home merchandise area. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Sloane held senior merchandise manager positions with
Dick's Clothing and Sporting Goods, McRae's and Foley's during the preceding
five years. Additionally, he has held a variety of positions at Hecht's and
Woodward and Lothrop in Washington, DC.
Stephanie Stough joined the Company in March 1987 as Director of Merchandise
Planning and Control. In February 1991, she was promoted to Vice President,
Merchandise Planning and Control. In May 1997, she was promoted to Senior Vice
President, Merchandise Planning and Control.
Samuel J. Gerson has been a director of the Company since 1996. Mr. Gerson
has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Filene's Basement since 1984.
Prior to that, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of The Gap and
President and Chief Executive Officer of The Denver, a division of Associated
Dry Goods Co. Mr. Gerson is a director of Filene's Basement Corp. and ASAHI
America, Inc., a trustee associate of Boston College and is chairman of the
Urban League of Eastern Massachusetts.
Roger S. Hillas has been a director of the Company since 1991. Mr. Hillas
was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Meritor Savings Bank until
December 1992. Mr. Hillas has been retired since such time. He served as
Chairman and Chief Executive Office of Provident National Bank from 1974 to
1988 and Chairman of PNC Financial Corp. from 1985 to 1988. Mr. Hillas is a
director of Consolidated Rail Corporation, P.H. Glatfelter Company and Toll
Brothers, Inc.
Lawrence S. Ring has been a director of the Company since 1997. Dr. Ring has
been Professor of Business Administration at The College of William and Mary's
Graduate School of Business Administration in Williamsburg, Virginia for more
than five years, and conducts an international consulting and executive
education practice. Dr. Ring is a director of Sportmart, Inc.
Leon D. Starr has been a director of the Company since 1991. Mr. Starr has
been a management consultant to department and specialty stores since 1984.
Prior thereto, he held various positions with Allied Stores Corporation for
over 35 years.
Leon F. Winbigler has been a director of the Company since 1991. Mr.
Winbigler served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Mercantile Stores
Company, Inc. for 15 years before retiring in 1989. He is a member of the
advisory board of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company.
32
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table sets forth, for the Company's last three fiscal years,
the compensation paid or accrued by the Company for those years to the
Company's Chief Executive Officer and to each of the other four most highly
compensated executive officers of the Company in fiscal 1997 (collectively,
the "Named Executives"):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
ANNUAL COMPENSATION COMPENSATION AWARDS
---------------------------------- -----------------------
OTHER RESTRICTED SECURITIES ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL FISCAL ANNUAL STOCK UNDERLYING COMPENSATION
POSITION YEAR SALARY($) BONUS($) COMPENSATION($) AWARDS($)(1) OPTIONS(#) ($)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Heywood Wilansky ....... 1997 800,000 264,000 872,423(2) -- 99,000 1,065,260(3)
President and Chief 1996 800,000 200,000 948,778 -- 104,800 --
Executive Officer 1995 353,846 822,877 117,803 1,687,500 250,000 --
Michael L. Gleim ....... 1997 414,417 132,000 9,848(4) -- 49,600 291,147(3)
Vice Chairman and Chief 1996 414,417 -- 4,692 -- 52,400 --
Operating Officer 1995 314,954 -- 17,597 117,500 56,600 --
M. Thomas Grumbacher ... 1997 350,000 87,120 7,931(5) -- 43,300 --
Chairman of the Board 1996 351,923 -- 2,775 -- 45,800 --
of
Directors 1995 450,000 -- 675 -- 25,000 --
Douglas G. Lamm(6) ..... 1997 254,808 23,003 9,406(7) 89,982 -- --
Executive Vice 1996 244,984 -- 3,402 -- -- --
President,
Softlines Merchandise 1995 79,279 -- -- -- 20,000 10,000
James H. Baireuther(8) 1997 224,808 42,000 6,367(9) -- -- 85,306(10)
.......................
Senior Vice President 1996 135,785 -- 381 -- 20,000 25,234
and Chief Financial
Officer
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Such awards were made pursuant to the Option Plan or the MIP (as defined
below). See "Equity Incentive Plans." Mr. Wilansky's award vests in three
equal annual installments beginning August 21, 1998. Mr. Gleim's award
will be fully vested on December 15, 1998. Mr. Lamm's award will vest in
conjunction with his bonus payouts or, if none, at the end of fiscal 2007.
At January 31, 1998, the aggregate number of Restricted Shares held by
Messrs. Wilansky, Gleim and Lamm, and the market value of such shares,
were as follows: Mr. Wilansky, 250,000 shares with a market value of
$3,500,000; Mr. Gleim, 6,666 shares with a market value of $93,324; and
Mr. Lamm, 14,691 shares with a market value of $205,674.
(2) Includes loan forgiveness in the amount of $375,000, $230,709 for club
membership fees paid by the Company for Mr. Wilansky, $200,000 for the
purchase of an annuity in Mr. Wilansky's name, imputed interest of $48,796
on a loan by the Company to Mr. Wilansky and Company contributions to its
Retirement Savings/Profit Sharing Plan in the amount of $7,256.
(3) Consists of value realized upon exercise of stock options.
(4) Includes premiums on excess life insurance in the amount of $2,592 and
Company contributions to its Retirement Savings/Profit Sharing Plan in the
amount of $7,256.
(5) Consists of premiums on excess life insurance in the amount of $675 and
Company contributions to its Retirement Savings/Profit Sharing Plan in the
amount of $7,256.
(6) Mr. Lamm joined the Company in 1995.
(7) Includes premiums on excess life insurance in the amount of $2,150 and
Company contributions to its Retirement Savings/Profit Sharing Plan in the
amount of $7,256.
(8) Mr. Baireuther joined the Company in 1996.
(9) Includes Company contributions to its Retirement Savings/Profit Sharing
Plan in the amount of $4,783 and premiums on excess life insurance in the
amount of $1,584.
(10) Consists of relocation expenses of $80,240 and imputed interest of $5,066
on a loan by the Company to Mr. Baireuther.
33
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION GRANTS
The following table contains information concerning the grant of stock
options to each of the Named Executives during fiscal 1997. The Company does
not have any plan pursuant to which stock appreciation rights may be granted.
OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
----------------------------------------------
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
VALUE AT ASSUMED
NUMBER OF % OF TOTAL ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
SECURITIES OPTIONS PRICE APPRECIATION
UNDERLYING GRANTED EXERCISE FOR OPTION TERM ($) (1)
OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES PRICE EXPIRATION -----------------------
NAME GRANTED(#) IN FISCAL 1997 ($/SH) DATE 5% 10%
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Heywood Wilansky........ 99,000(2) 33.40 7.25 3/6/2007 451,389 1,143,909
Michael L. Gleim........ 24,800(2) 8.37 7.25 3/6/2007 113,075 286,555
24,800(3) 8.37 7.25 3/6/2007 113,075 286,555
M. Thomas Grumbacher.... 43,300(2) 14.61 7.25 3/6/2007 197,426 500,316
Douglas G. Lamm......... -- -- -- -- -- --
James H. Baireuther..... -- -- -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Illustrates value that might be realized upon exercise of options
immediately prior to the expiration of their term, assuming specified
compounded rates of appreciation on the Common Stock over the term of the
options. Assumed rates of appreciation are not necessarily indicative of
future stock performance.
(2) The options vest on March 6, 2000 only upon the Company meeting pre-
established goals for (a) return on investment and (b) for total
shareholders' return on the Common Stock as compared to a group of other
retailers, each measured during the three-year period of 1997 to 1999.
Fifty percent of the options vest upon the attainment of each goal.
(3) One-third of the options vest on each of March 6, 1998, 1999 and 2000.
STOCK OPTION EXERCISES AND HOLDINGS
The following table sets forth information related to the stock options
exercised by the Named Executives in fiscal 1997 and the number and value of
stock options of each of the Named Executives at January 31, 1998.
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1997 AND FISCAL 1997
YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS AT IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
JANUARY 31, 1998 (#) AT JANUARY 31, 1998 ($)(1)
------------------------- -----------------------------
SHARES ACQUIRED VALUE
ON EXERCISE(#) REALIZED($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Heywood Wilansky........ 166,667 1,065,260 -- 287,133 -- 2,097,714
Michael L. Gleim........ 25,076 291,147 106,649 117,667 672,754 817,443
M. Thomas Grumbacher.... -- -- -- 114,100 -- 721,700
Douglas G. Lamm......... -- -- 10,000 10,000 63,750 63,750
James H. Baireuther..... -- -- 5,000 15,000 38,125 114,375
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) In-the-money options are options having a per share exercise price below
$14.00, the last reported sale price of shares of Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market on January 30, 1998 (the last trading day in fiscal
1997). The amounts shown are the amounts by which the product of such
closing price and the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of
such in-the-money options exceeds the aggregate exercise price of such
shares.
34
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
The Company compensates each of its directors who is neither an employee nor
a consultant to the Company at an annual rate of $20,000 plus $2,000 for
attendance at each board meeting ($400 for participation in a meeting held via
teleconference) and $1,000 for attendance at each board committee meeting
($400 for participation in a meeting held via teleconference). In addition,
each such director shall receive an annual grant of options to purchase 1,000
shares of Common Stock. The Company compensates each non-employee director who
is a consultant to the Company at one-half of the cash compensation of a non-
employee director who is not serving as a consultant, and each such director
shall receive an annual grant of options to purchase 500 shares of Common
Stock. Leon D. Starr is a non-employee director who has rendered consulting
services to the Company since 1984 and received approximately $65,000 in
consulting fees from the Company in fiscal 1997.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
In 1997, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company
(the "Committee") was composed of Roger B. Hillas, Leon F. Winbigler and
Samuel J. Gerson. None of the executive officers of the Company served on the
board of directors or compensation committee of any entity whose executive
officers served either on the Company's Board of Directors or the Committee.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Heywood Wilansky,
President and Chief Executive Officer, effective February 1, 1998 (the
"Employment Agreement"), which expires January 31, 2003, pursuant to which Mr.
Wilansky is entitled to receive an annual base salary of at least $1.0 million
and is eligible for an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the
Company according to criteria established by the Compensation Committee under
the terms of a cash bonus plan established for this purpose. The maximum bonus
attainable under the cash bonus plan is 100% of Mr. Wilansky's base salary.
The Employment Agreement provides that the remaining $375,000 due on a loan
previously made by the Company to Mr. Wilansky will be forgiven on April 30,
1999 provided his employment with the Company is not terminated prior to that
date by the Company for Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or by
Mr. Wilansky for any reason other than following a Change of Control (as
defined in the Employment Agreement). The Employment Agreement also provides
that the Company will award Mr. Wilansky an additional 250,000 shares of
Common Stock and options to purchase an additional 250,000 shares of Common
Stock at an option price of $8.00 per share following the adoption by the
Company of a Performance Based Stock Incentive Plan established for this
purpose. Mr. Wilansky's ownership in the shares vests in three annual
installments on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the effective
date of the Employment Agreement and the options vest on the first, second and
third anniversaries of the effective date of the Employment Agreement provided
that Mr. Wilansky meets certain performance goals. The Employment Agreement
provides that in the event the Company discharges Mr. Wilansky without Cause,
Mr. Wilansky shall continue to receive his base salary and medical benefits
for the greater of the remaining term of the Employment Agreement or one year
from termination of employment and his bonus compensation for the year in
which he is discharged determined on a pro-rata basis taking into account the
number of days worked during the year up to his termination of employment. In
addition, Mr. Wilansky shall be entitled to immediate vesting of his
restricted stock awards and options and retirement benefits.The Company's
obligation to continue Mr. Wilansky's base salary is subject to Mr. Wilansky's
obligation to mitigate damages by seeking employment and is subject to a
limited offset on the basis of Mr. Wilansky's subsequent earnings. In the
event that Mr. Wilansky voluntarily terminates his employment following a
Change of Control, he shall be entitled to his base salary in monthly
installment payments for the remaining term of the Employment Agreement,
subject to certain potential taxation-related limitations on the value of such
payments, and to immediate vesting of his restricted stock awards and options.
The Employment Agreement contains a covenant against competition for at least
one year after termination of his employment or as long as Mr. Wilansky is
entitled to receive severance pay, and the Company's obligation to pay certain
amounts to Mr. Wilansky following his termination ceases if the covenant
against competition is broken. In addition to the other compensation provided
pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the Company has agreed to establish a
supplemental retirement plan for Mr. Wilansky which will provide supplemental
retirement income of approximately $300,000 per year commencing when he
reaches age 55 or following his retirement or other
35
<PAGE>
termination of employment after reaching age 55. The Company believes that the
present value of the aggregate cost of this supplemental retirement plan over
time, assuming an interest rate of 6%, is approximately $2.8 million.
The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Michael L. Gleim,
Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, which expires January 31, 1999,
pursuant to which Mr. Gleim is entitled to receive an annual salary of at
least $400,000 and is eligible for an annual bonus to be determined by the
Committee. The agreement provides that in the event the Company discharges Mr.
Gleim without cause or Mr. Gleim resigns for good reason (each as defined in
the agreement), Mr. Gleim shall continue to receive his base salary and other
benefits for the greater of the remaining term of the agreement or one year
from termination of employment.
The Company has entered into a severance agreement with certain of its
executive officers other than Messrs. Grumbacher, Wilansky and Gleim which
provides for certain payments to be made by the Company in the event the
executive officer is terminated without cause (as defined in such agreement).
Pursuant to such agreements, the Company shall pay such executive officers the
equivalent of one year's base salary following the date of termination.
Executive officers who have been employed by the Company less than one year as
of the date of termination shall be entitled to the equivalent of six months'
base salary following such termination.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS
STOCK OPTION AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN
The Company's Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option and Restricted Stock
Plan (the "Option Plan") provides for the grant of options ("Options") to
purchase shares of Common Stock and awards ("Awards") of shares of Common
Stock subject to substantial risks of forfeiture ("Restricted Shares") to the
Company's employees, directors, consultants and advisors. Under the Option
Plan, Options and Awards presently can be granted for up to an aggregate of
1,900,000 shares of Common Stock. If any shares subject to any Option or Award
are forfeited, or an Option is terminated without the issuance of shares, the
shares subject to such Option or Award will again be available for grant
pursuant to the Option Plan. The Option Plan is currently administered by the
Committee, which determines the terms and conditions of each Option or Award.
Options granted under the Option Plan may be either incentive stock options
("ISOs") or non-qualified stock options. ISOs are intended to qualify as
"incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Unless an Option is specifically designated
at the time of grant as an ISO, Options granted under the Option Plan are non-
qualified options. The exercise price of an ISO may not be less than the fair
market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted. The
maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which options may be granted to
any single optionee in any fiscal year is 500,000 shares. Options generally
terminate ten years from the date of grant but may terminate earlier upon the
termination of the optionee's employment or service with the Company or in the
event there is a Change of Control of the Company, as defined in the Option
Plan.
The Committee administers Awards under the Option Plan and determines the
period, which generally will extend for at least six months from the date of
the Award, during which the recipient may not sell, transfer, pledge or assign
("Restrictions") Restricted Shares. The Committee will determine the rights
that recipients will have with respect to Restricted Shares, including the
right to vote the Restricted Shares and the right to receive dividends paid
with respect to the Restricted Shares. In the event a grantee terminates
employment with the Company or its affiliates for any reason other than death
or disability, all Restricted Shares remaining subject to Restrictions will be
forfeited by the grantee.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Option Plan, in the event of a
Change of Control of the Company (which is defined as including certain
changes in the ownership or corporate structure of the Company, as well as a
liquidation of the Company or any other event that may be defined by the
Company's Board of Directors as constituting a Change of Control), the
Committee may take whatever action with respect to Options and Awards
outstanding as it deems necessary or desirable, including acceleration of the
expiration or termination date or the date of exercisability of an Option or
removing any Restrictions from or imposing any additional Restrictions on any
outstanding Awards.
36
<PAGE>
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN FOR PRINCIPALS
The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Principals (the "LTI
Plan") is a performance-based compensation plan established by the Board of
Directors of the Company. The LTI Plan provides for grants of "Performance
Awards" of cash bonuses, Options and Awards, or combinations thereof, to
certain eligible employees based on the achievement by the Company of certain
performance goals during three- to five-year performance cycles which commence
on an annual basis. The LTI Plan is currently administered by the Committee,
and the participants under the LTI Plan are the principal employees of the
Company as designated by the Committee from time to time. With respect to the
performance cycles that commenced as of February 4, 1996 and February 2, 1997,
the participants were Heywood Wilansky, M. Thomas Grumbacher and Michael L.
Gleim. No additional grants of Performance Awards for future performance
cycles will be granted under the LTI Plan.
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN
The Company's Management Incentive Plan (the "MIP") provides for the
granting of cash bonuses and/or shares of Common Stock to participants based
on a combination of Company performance and the participant's individual
performance. The MIP is currently administered by the Committee. All employees
at the level of divisional vice president and above, exclusive of participants
in the LTI Plan, and certain other managerial employees are eligible to
participate in the MIP. Bonus payouts are discretionary and no bonus payouts
may be made if the Company fails to achieve established performance goals. MIP
participants may elect to receive a portion of their MIP bonus in shares of
Common Stock ("Restricted MIP Shares") which Shares are issued in the name of
the participant but are restricted and are not eligible for resale until bonus
awards for such participant are made. All such resale restrictions will lapse
after the end of fiscal year 2005, whether or not such Restricted MIP Shares
have been awarded pursuant to a bonus award. In addition, the Committee may
accelerate the vesting of the unvested Restricted MIP shares. In the event of
the death, disability or retirement of a participant or a Change of Control of
the Company, the Committee may vest a pro-rata portion of a participant's
Restricted MIP Shares.
37
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
The Company leases its Oil City, Pennsylvania and Butler, Pennsylvania
stores from M. Thomas Grumbacher, the Company's Chairman of the Board and
principal shareholder. Mr. Grumbacher is the ground tenant under leases from
the owners of the respective shopping centers. These leases between the
Company and Mr. Grumbacher were entered into on January 1, 1981 and February
17, 1981, respectively. The aggregate rental payments during fiscal 1997 for
the Oil City store and the Butler store to Mr. Grumbacher were $216,750 and
$264,000, respectively. The Oil City and Butler leases also require payment of
a percentage rent (1% of sales in excess of $5.3 million with respect to Oil
City and 1% of sales in excess of $7.0 million with respect to Butler), which
Mr. Grumbacher passes through to the ground lessor. Both leases terminate on
July 31, 2006 and provide the Company with five five-year renewal options.
Additionally, the Company leases the land for its York Galleria store from
MBM Land Associates Limited Partnership ("MBM"), a partnership of which Mr.
Grumbacher, through a wholly-owned corporation, and certain trusts established
for the benefit of his three children, are the partners. The lease expires on
September 30, 2019, and provides the Company with six five-year renewal
options. Rental payments by the Company during fiscal 1997 pursuant to this
lease aggregated $63,000.
The Company also leases a portion of the property on which its distribution
center is located from MBM. The remainder is leased from Mr. Grumbacher.
Aggregate annual rental payments under the two leases are $162,000 until
January 1, 2001. During fiscal 1996, Mr. Grumbacher and MBM received rental
payments from the Company under such leases aggregating $105,565 and $56,435,
respectively. Each of the leases terminates on May 31, 2017, and provides the
Company with two-five year renewal options at the then fair market rental
value.
Total lease payments by the Company to Mr. Grumbacher and affiliated
entities for fiscal 1997 were $705,750.
In 1995, in connection with his employment by the Company, Heywood Wilansky,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, received a non-interest
bearing loan from the Company in the principal amount of $750,000, which loan
was to be forgiven in two installments of $375,000 each in December 1997 and
April 1999 provided that Mr. Wilansky remained employed by the Company. One
such installment was forgiven in December 1997, and $375,000 in principal
amount of such loan remains outstanding.
In November 1996, the Company extended to James H. Baireuther, Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer, an interest-free relocation loan in the
amount of $85,000 in connection with his employment by the Company. Such loan
was repaid when due in January 1998.
In January 1998, the Company extended to Patrick J. McIntyre, Senior Vice
President, Chief Information Officer, a relocation loan in the amount of
$65,000 due and payable in January 1999, which shall bear no interest if
timely repaid, in connection with his employment by the Company.
In fiscal 1997, Leon D. Starr, a director of the Company, received
approximately $65,000 in consulting fees from the Company. The Company
anticipates that it will pay Mr. Starr approximately $65,000 in consulting
fees in fiscal 1998.
38
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock and Class A Common Stock of (i) the Selling
Shareholders; (ii) each person who was known to the Company to be a beneficial
owner of more than 5% of the Common Stock or the Class A Common Stock; (iii)
each director of the Company; (iv) Heywood Wilansky, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, and each of the other Named Executives; and
(v) all of the Company's directors and executive officers as a group, as of
March 25, 1998 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,500,000 shares of
Common Stock by the Selling Shareholders and 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock
by the Company in the offering:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A
COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK(1)
-------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
SHARES SHARES TO BE
BENEFICIALLY OWNED BENEFICIALLY OWNED
PRIOR TO THE OFFERING AFTER THE OFFERING
NAME AND ADDRESS OF ----------------------------- SHARES BEING -------------------------
BENEFICIAL OWNER NUMBER PERCENT NUMBER PERCENT OFFERED NUMBER PERCENT
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
M. Thomas
Grumbacher(2)(3)....... 2,444,616(4) 81.8% 5,141,811(5) 57.6% 998,000(6) 4,084,084(7) 35.8%
David J. Kaufman(8)..... 545,237(9) 18.2% 1,397,191(10) 15.7% 0(11) 1,097,964(12) 9.6%
Nancy T. Grumbacher..... -- -- 270,450(13) 3.0% 0(14) 210,723(15) 1.8%
Mary Jo Grumbacher(16).. 545,237(9) 18.2% 1,251,741(17) 14.0% 25,000(18) 991,741(19) 8.7%
David J. Kaufman and
Mary Jo Grumbacher, as
Trustees for the M.
Thomas Grumbacher Trust
for the benefit of Max
Aaron Grumbacher(20)... 181,745 6.1% 375,579(21) 4.2% 86,667 288,912(21) 2.5%
David J. Kaufman and
Mary Jo Grumbacher, as
Trustees for the M.
Thomas Grumbacher Trust
for the benefit of
Matthew Reed
Grumbacher(20)......... 181,745 6.1% 375,579(21) 4.2% 86,667 288,912(21) 2.5%
David J. Kaufman and
Mary Jo Grumbacher, as
Trustees for the M.
Thomas Grumbacher Trust
for the benefit of Beth
Anne Grumbacher(20).... 181,745 6.1% 375,579(21) 4.2% 86,666 288,913(21) 2.5%
David J. Kaufman and
Nancy T. Grumbacher, as
Trustees for the M.
Thomas Grumbacher Trust
for the benefit of Max
Aaron Grumbacher(22)... -- -- 16,250 * 6,833 9,417 *
David J. Kaufman and
Nancy T. Grumbacher, as
Trustees for the M.
Thomas Grumbacher Trust
for the benefit of
Matthew Reed
Grumbacher(22)......... -- -- 16,250 * 6,833 9,417 *
David J. Kaufman and
Nancy T. Grumbacher, as
Trustees for the M.
Thomas Grumbacher Trust
for the benefit of Beth
Anne Grumbacher(22).... -- -- 12,950 * 6,834 6,116 *
The Grumbacher Family
Foundation............. -- -- 225,000 2.5% 39,227 185,773 1.6%
Mercersburg Academy..... 157,273 1.8% 157,273 0 *
Brinson Holdings, -- -- 711,181(23) 8.0% 0 711,181 6.2%
Inc. ..................
209 South LaSalle
Street
Chicago, IL 60604-1295
Dimensional Fund -- -- 491,400(24) 5.5% 0 491,400 4.3%
Advisors, Inc. ........
1299 Ocean Avenue
Santa Monica, CA 90401
Heywood Wilansky........ -- -- 364,467(25) 4.1% 0 364,467 3.2%
Samuel J. Gerson........ -- -- 2,000(26) * 0 2,000 *
Michael L. Gleim........ -- -- 198,152(27) 2.2% 0 198,152 1.7%
Roger S. Hillas......... -- -- 4,000(26) * 0 4,000 *
Lawrence J. Ring........ -- -- 2,000(26) * 0 2,000 *
Leon D. Starr........... -- -- 48,080 * 0 48,080 *
Leon F. Winbigler....... -- -- 3,000(26) * 0 3,000 *
Douglas G. Lamm......... -- -- 49,691(28) * 0 49,691 *
James H. Baireuther..... -- -- 15,800(29) * 0 15,800 *
All directors and
executive officers as a
group (22 persons)..... 2,444,616 81.8% 6,021,596(30) 65.5% 998,000 4,963,869 43.5%
Total shares of Common
Stock being offered by
Selling Shareholders.. 1,500,000
</TABLE>
39
<PAGE>
- ---------------------
* Less than one percent.
(1) Each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible at any time into one
share of Common Stock. Accordingly, the number of shares of Common Stock
for any person owning Class A Common Stock includes the number of shares
of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class A Common
Stock beneficially owned by such person. Also, in accordance with Rule
13d-3(d)(1) under the Exchange Act, the total number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding for purposes of calculating percentage ownership of a
person or group owning Class A Common Stock includes the number of shares
of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by such person or group.
(2) M. Thomas Grumbacher is the Chairman of the Board of the Company.
(3) The address of M. Thomas Grumbacher is c/o the Company, 2801 East Market
Street, York, PA 17402.
(4) Includes 38,363 shares of Class A Common Stock held by a trust for the
benefit of a child of Mr. Grumbacher, of which Mr. Grumbacher is the sole
trustee. Does not include an aggregate of 545,237 shares of Class A Common
Stock held by other trusts for the benefit of Mr. Grumbacher's three
children of which David J. Kaufman and Mary Jo Grumbacher are the co-
trustees. Mr. Grumbacher disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares
referred to in this note.
(5) Includes 225,000 shares of Common Stock held by The Grumbacher Family
Foundation, a charitable foundation of which Mr. Grumbacher, Mr.
Grumbacher's spouse Nancy T. Grumbacher, and David J. Kaufman are the
directors. Also includes 40,915 shares of Common Stock held by a trust for
the benefit of a child of Mr. Grumbacher, of which Mr. Grumbacher is the
sole trustee, and 45,450 shares of Common Stock held by trusts for the
benefit of Mr. Grumbacher's three children of which Nancy T. Grumbacher
and David J. Kaufman are the co-trustees. Does not include an aggregate of
545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock and 581,504 shares of Common Stock
held by other trusts for the benefit of Mr. Grumbacher's three children of
which David J. Kaufman and Mary Jo Grumbacher are the co-trustees. Mr.
Grumbacher disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares referred to in
this note.
(6) Excludes 39,227 shares of Common Stock offered by The Grumbacher Family
Foundation of which Mr. Grumbacher, Mr. Grumbacher's spouse, Nancy T.
Grumbacher, and David J. Kaufman are the directors and 20,500 shares of
Common Stock offered by trusts for the benefit of Mr. Grumbacher's three
children, of which Nancy T. Grumbacher and David J. Kaufman are the co-
trustees. Mr. Grumbacher disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares
referred to in this note.
(7) Includes 185,773 shares of Common Stock held by The Grumbacher Family
Foundation, a charitable foundation of which Mr. Grumbacher, Mr.
Grumbacher's spouse Nancy T. Grumbacher, and David J. Kaufman are the
directors. Also includes 40,915 shares of Common Stock held by a trust for
the benefit of a child of Mr. Grumbacher, of which Mr. Grumbacher is the
sole trustee, and 24,950 shares of Common Stock held by trusts for the
benefit of Mr. Grumbacher's three children of which Nancy T. Grumbacher
and David J. Kaufman are the co-trustees. Does not include an aggregate of
545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock and 321,500 shares of Common Stock
held by other trusts for the benefit of Mr. Grumbacher's three children of
which David J. Kaufman and Mary Jo Grumbacher are the co-trustees. Mr.
Grumbacher disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares referred to in
this note.
(8) The address of Mr. Kaufman is c/o Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP,
Twelfth Floor Packard Building, 111 South 15th Street, Philadelphia, PA
19102.
(9) Consists of 545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock held by trusts for the
benefit of M. Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Mr. Kaufman and
Mary Jo Grumbacher are the co-trustees. Mr. Kaufman and Mary Jo Grumbacher
each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares.
(10) Includes 225,000 shares of Common Stock held by The Grumbacher Family
Foundation, a charitable foundation of which Mr. Kaufman, Nancy T.
Grumbacher and M. Thomas Grumbacher are the directors, 45,450 shares of
Common Stock held by trusts for the benefit of M. Thomas Grumbacher's
three children, of which Mr. Kaufman and Nancy T. Grumbacher are the co-
trustees and an aggregate of 545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock and
581,504 shares of Common Stock held by trusts for the benefit of M.
Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Mr. Kaufman and Mary Jo
Grumbacher are the co-trustees. Mr. Kaufman disclaims beneficial
ownership of all shares referred to in this note.
(11) Excludes 260,000 shares of Common Stock offered by trusts held for the
benefit of M. Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Mr. Kaufman
and Mary Jo Grumbacher are the co-trustees, 20,500 shares of Common Stock
offered by trusts for the benefit of M. Thomas Grumbacher's three
children, of which Mr. Kaufman and Nancy T. Grumbacher are the co-
trustees, and 39,227 shares of Common Stock offered by The Grumbacher
Family Foundation, of which Mr. Kaufman, M. Thomas Grumbacher and Nancy
T. Grumbacher are the directors. Mr. Kaufman disclaims beneficial
ownership of all shares referred to in this note.
(12) Includes 185,773 shares of Common Stock held by The Grumbacher Family
Foundation, a charitable foundation of which Mr. Kaufman, Nancy T.
Grumbacher and M. Thomas Grumbacher are the directors, 24,950 shares of
Common Stock held by trusts for the benefit of M. Thomas Grumbacher's
three children, of which Mr. Kaufman and Nancy T. Grumbacher are the co-
trustees and an aggregate of 545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock and
321,500 shares of Common Stock held by trusts for the benefit of M.
Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Mr. Kaufman and Mary Jo
Grumbacher are the co-trustees. Mr. Kaufman disclaims beneficial
ownership of all shares referred to in this note.
(13) Consists of 45,450 shares of Common Stock held in trusts for the benefit
of M. Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Nancy T. Grumbacher
and David J. Kaufman are the co-trustees, and 225,000 shares of Common
Stock held by The Grumbacher Family Foundation, a charitable foundation
of which Nancy T. Grumbacher, M. Thomas Grumbacher and David J. Kaufman
are the directors. Nancy T. Grumbacher disclaims beneficial ownership of
the shares referred to in this note.
(14) Excludes 20,500 shares of Common Stock offered by trusts for the benefit
of M. Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Nancy T. Grumbacher
and David J. Kaufman are the co-trustees and 39,227 shares of Common
Stock offered by The Grumbacher Family Foundation, of which Nancy T.
Grumbacher, M. Thomas Grumbacher and David J. Kaufman are the directors.
Nancy T. Grumbacher disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares referred
to in this note.
40
<PAGE>
(15) Consists of 24,950 shares of Common Stock held in trusts for the benefit
of M. Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Nancy T. Grumbacher
and David J. Kaufman are the co-trustees, and 185,773 shares of Common
Stock held by The Grumbacher Family Foundation, a charitable foundation
of which Nancy T. Grumbacher, M. Thomas Grumbacher and David J. Kaufman
are the directors. Nancy T. Grumbacher disclaims beneficial ownership of
the shares referred to in this note.
(16) The address of Mary Jo Grumbacher is 174 Eleventh Avenue, San Francisco,
CA 94118.
(17) Includes an aggregate of 545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock and
581,504 shares of Common Stock held by trusts for the benefit of M.
Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Mary Jo Grumbacher and David
J. Kaufman are the co-trustees. Mary Jo Grumbacher disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares referred to in this note.
(18) Excludes 260,000 shares of Common Stock offered by trusts for the benefit
of M. Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Mary Jo Grumbacher and
David J. Kaufman are the co-trustees. Mary Jo Grumbacher disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares referred to in this note.
(19) Includes an aggregate of 545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock and
321,500 shares of Common Stock held by trusts for the benefit of M.
Thomas Grumbacher's three children, of which Mary Jo Grumbacher and David
J. Kaufman are the co-trustees. Mary Jo Grumbacher disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares referred to in this note.
(20) Such trust was created under an Indenture of Trust of M. Thomas
Grumbacher dated March 9, 1989.
(21) Includes 181,745 shares of Class A Common Stock held by such trust.
(22) Such trust was created under an Indenture of Trust of M. Thomas
Grumbacher dated June 21, 1993.
(23) Based solely on a review of a Schedule 13G dated February 10, 1998 filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such shares are held by
Brinson Partners, Inc. and Brinson Trust Company, which are subsidiaries
of Brinson Holdings, Inc.
(24) Based solely on a review of a Schedule 13G dated February 10, 1998 filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such shares are owned by
advisory clients of Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. Dimensional Fund
Advisors Inc. disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares.
(25) Includes 250,000 Restricted Shares issued pursuant to the Option Plan but
excludes 250,000 restricted shares to be awarded subject to shareholder
approval.
(26) Includes options to purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock.
(27) Includes options to purchase 126,416 shares of Common Stock and 6,666
Restricted Shares issued pursuant to the Option Plan.
(28) Includes 14,691 Restricted MIP Shares issued pursuant to the MIP and
25,000 Restricted Shares issued pursuant to the Option Plan.
(29) Includes options to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock.
(30) Includes 281,666 Restricted Shares issued pursuant to the Option Plan,
options to purchase 267,541 shares of Common Stock and 54,182 Restricted
MIP Shares issued pursuant to the MIP.
41
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 40,000,000
shares of Common Stock, (ii) 20,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and
(iii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"Preferred Stock"). Prior to this offering, there were 8,924,697 shares of
Common Stock and 2,989,853 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and
outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, 11,424,697 shares of Common
Stock will be issued and outstanding and 2,989,853 shares of Class A Common
Stock will be issued and outstanding, all of which shares of Class A Common
Stock will be owned by the Grumbacher Family. There are currently no shares of
Preferred Stock outstanding.
The following summary description relating to the Company's capital stock
sets forth the material terms of the capital stock, but does not purport to be
complete. A description of the Company's capital stock is contained in the
Company's Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation"), which
are filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
is a part. Reference is made to such exhibit for a detailed description of the
provisions thereof summarized below.
COMMON STOCK AND CLASS A COMMON STOCK
Voting, Dividend and Other Rights. The voting powers, preferences and
relative rights of the Common Stock and the Class A Common Stock are identical
in all respects, except that (i) at every meeting or action by consent in
writing of the shareholders, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to one
vote per share and holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to ten votes
per share; (ii) stock dividends on Common Stock may be paid only in shares of
Common Stock and stock dividends on Class A Common Stock may be paid in shares
of Class A Common Stock or (with the majority approval of the holders of the
Class A Common Stock) Common Stock; (iii) in the case of any combination or
reclassification of the Common Stock, shares of Class A Common Stock shall
also be combined or reclassified so as to maintain the relationship of the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding to the number of shares of Class
A Common Stock outstanding; and (iv) shares of Class A Common Stock have
certain conversion rights and are subject to certain restrictions on ownership
and transfer described below under "Conversion Rights and Restrictions on
Transfer of Class A Common Stock." Except as described above, issuances of
additional shares of Class A Common Stock (except in connection with stock
splits, combinations, reclassifications and stock dividends) and modifications
of the terms of the Class A Common Stock require the approval of a majority of
the holders of the Common Stock and Class A Common Stock, voting as separate
classes. Except as described above or as required by law, holders of Common
Stock and Class A Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters
presented to the shareholders for their vote or approval, including, without
limitation, the election of directors. The shareholders are not entitled to
vote cumulatively for the election of directors. Shareholders may act without
a meeting upon written consent of shareholders who would have been entitled to
cast the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the
action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote thereon were
present and voting.
After the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby, the outstanding shares of
Common Stock will equal 79.3% of the total Common Shares outstanding and will
represent approximately 27.6% of the combined voting power of the Common
Shares, and the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock will equal 20.7% of
the total Common Shares outstanding and will represent approximately 72.4% of
the combined voting power of the Common Shares. The holders of the Class A
Common Stock, in particular M. Thomas Grumbacher, will have sufficient voting
power to determine the outcome of any matter submitted to the shareholders for
approval, including the power to determine the outcome of all corporate
transactions and the election of directors.
Each share of Common Stock and Class A Common Stock is entitled to receive
dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Company
if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Company out of
assets or funds legally available therefor. The Common Stock and Class A
Common Stock share equally, on a share-for-share basis, in any dividends
declared by the Board of Directors, provided that in the
42
<PAGE>
event of a dividend of shares or other equity interests of a corporation or
other entity, if the equity interests consist of two classes, one of which is
entitled to one vote per interest and the other of which is entitled to ten or
fewer votes per interest, the Board of Directors may distribute the interests
with multiple votes to the holders of Class A Common Stock provided that the
multiple-vote interests distributed are in the same proportion to the single
vote interests distributed as the number of shares of Class A Common Stock are
to the shares of Common Stock.
In the event of a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party,
each share of Common Stock and Class A Common Stock will be entitled to
receive the same consideration, except that in the event of a merger,
consolidation, division or exchange in which holders of Class A Common Stock
will receive in exchange for their Class A Common Stock shares equity
interests of the surviving, resulting or exchanging entity, such holders of
Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equity interests having
substantially similar relative designations, preferences, qualifications,
privileges, limitations, restrictions and rights as those of the Class A
Common Stock.
Shareholders of the Company have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe
for additional shares. Subject to any rights of holders of any Preferred
Stock, all holders of Common Shares, regardless of class, are entitled to
share equally on a share-for-share basis in any assets available for
distribution to shareholders on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company. No Common Shares are subject to redemption or a sinking fund. The
Company may not subdivide or combine shares of either class of Common Shares
without at the same time proportionally subdividing or combining shares of the
other class of Common Shares.
Conversion Rights and Restrictions on Transfer of Class A Common Stock. The
Common Stock has no conversion rights. However, at the option of the holder,
each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible at any time and from time to
time into one share of Common Stock.
Shares of Class A Common Stock may not be transferred except to (i) M.
Thomas Grumbacher, (ii) certain family members of Mr. Grumbacher, (iii) trusts
primarily for the benefit of such family members, (iv) certain entities
controlled by Mr. Grumbacher or certain members of his family or (v) the
estate of the holder of such Class A Common Stock (collectively, "Permitted
Transferees"). Upon any sale or transfer of ownership or voting rights to a
transferee other than a Permitted Transferee or to the extent an entity no
longer remains a Permitted Transferee, such shares of Class A Common Stock
will automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Common Stock. In
addition, holders of the Class A Common Stock have entered into a
shareholders' agreement pursuant to which each such shareholder (other than M.
Thomas Grumbacher) has granted to M. Thomas Grumbacher (or, if applicable, Mr.
Grumbacher's personal representative) a right of first refusal to acquire any
shares of Class A Common Stock proposed to be transferred. Accordingly, no
trading market is expected to develop in the Class A Common Stock and the
Class A Common Stock will not be listed or traded on any exchange or in any
market.
Effects of Disproportionate Voting Rights. The disproportionate voting
rights of the Common Stock and Class A Common Stock could have an adverse
effect on the market price of the Common Stock. Such disproportionate voting
rights may make the Company a less attractive target for a takeover than it
otherwise might be, or render more difficult or discourage a merger proposal,
a tender offer or a proxy contest, even if such actions were favored by
shareholders of the Company other than the holders of Class A Common Stock.
Accordingly, such disproportionate voting rights may deprive holders of Common
Stock of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing
market prices, since takeover bids frequently involve purchases of stock
directly from shareholders at such a premium price.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. No shares of
Preferred Stock have been issued and the Company does not presently
contemplate the issuance of such shares. The Board of Directors is empowered
by the Articles of Incorporation to designate and issue from time to time one
or more classes or
43
<PAGE>
series of Preferred Stock without any action of the shareholders. The Board of
Directors may authorize issuances in one or more classes or series, and may
fix and determine the relative rights, preferences and limitations of each
class or series so authorized. Such action could adversely affect the voting
power of the holders of the Common Stock or the Class A Common Stock or could
have the effect of discouraging or making difficult any attempt by a person or
group to obtain control of the Company.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
Subchapter F of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of
1988, as amended (the "BCL"), which is applicable to the Company, may have an
anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or
takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in his or her best
interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the
market price for the shares held by shareholders. In general, Subchapter F of
Chapter 25 of the BCL delays for five years and imposes conditions upon
"business combinations" between an "interested shareholder" and the Company,
unless prior approval of the Board of Directors is given. The term "business
combination" is defined broadly to include various merger, consolidation,
division, exchange or sale transactions, including transactions utilizing the
Company's assets for purchase price amortization or refinancing purposes. An
"interested shareholder," in general, would be a beneficial owner of shares
entitling that person to cast at least 20% of the votes that all shareholders
would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the Company.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, New York, New York.
44
<PAGE>
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon the completion of this offering the Company will have 11,424,697 shares
of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
overallotment option), and 1,064,302 shares of Common Stock will be reserved
for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options pursuant to the
Company's stock option plans. Of the outstanding shares of Common Stock,
9,288,998 shares, including all of the shares of Common Stock sold in this
offering, will be freely tradeable without restriction or registration under
the Securities Act. The remaining 2,135,699 shares of Common Stock outstanding
as of the date of this Prospectus are "restricted securities" as defined by
Rule 144 of the Securities Act and may not be resold in a public distribution
except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act
or pursuant to a valid exemption from registration (including pursuant to Rule
144).
In general, under Rule 144 a person who has beneficially owned for at least
one year shares of Common Stock that are treated as restricted securities,
including an "affiliate" as that term is defined in the Securities Act, is
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does
not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of Common
Stock, or the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks
preceding filing of notice of such sale, subject to certain requirements
concerning availability of public information and manner and notice of sale.
In addition, affiliates must comply with the restrictions and requirements of
Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirements, in order to
sell shares of Common Stock that are not restricted securities. Under Rule
144(k), a person who is not an affiliate and has not been an affiliate for at
least three months prior to the sale and who has beneficially owned restricted
shares for at least a two year holding period may resell such shares without
compliance with the foregoing requirements. All of the 2,135,699 restricted
shares of Common Stock have been issued for more than two years and will be
eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) if their holders qualify for non-affiliate
status.
In addition to the 9,288,998 shares of Common Stock which upon completion of
this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or registration
under the Securities Act, the Company has outstanding 2,989,853 shares of
Class A Common Stock, all of which are owned by the Grumbacher Family. Each
share of Class A Common Stock is convertible into one share of Common Stock.
See "Description of Capital Stock--Common Stock and Class A Common Stock--
Conversion Rights and Restrictions on Transfer of Class A Common Stock." Any
shares of Common Stock acquired by the Grumbacher Family upon conversion of
shares of Class A Common Stock would be freely tradeable, subject to the
limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act applicable to affiliates
of the Company.
Upon the completion of this offering, it is expected that there will be
1,064,302 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options granted
under the Company's stock option plans, approximately 387,165 of which are
currently vested and the remainder of which will vest at various times through
2001.
The Company, the Selling Shareholders, the executive officers and directors
of the Company and certain shareholders of the Company holding in the
aggregate 2,632,301 shares of Common Stock have agreed that, for a period of
90 days after the date of this Prospectus, they will not, without the prior
written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation,
register the sale of, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of Common Stock, subject to certain
limited circumstances.
45
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITING
Subject to certain conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, a
syndicate of underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to
purchase from the Company and the Selling Shareholders an aggregate of
4,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock that
each Underwriter has agreed to purchase is set forth opposite its name below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS SHARES
<S> <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation...............
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC.............................
---------
Total........................................................... 4,000,000
=========
</TABLE>
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to purchase the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are subject
to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other
conditions. If any of the shares of Common Stock are purchased by the
Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters are
obligated to purchase all such shares (other than those covered by the over-
allotment option described below).
The Company and the Selling Shareholders have been advised by the
Underwriters that they propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the
public initially at the price to the public set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus and to certain dealers (who may include the Underwriters) at
such price, less a concession not in excess of $ per share. The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in
excess of $ per share to certain other dealers. After the public offering
of the shares, the price to the public, the concession and the discount to
dealers may be changed by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
and NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC.
The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 600,000 additional
shares of Common Stock at the initial price to the public less underwriting
discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments. To the extent that
the Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will be
committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of option
shares proportionate to such Underwriter's commitment as indicated in the
preceding table.
In the Underwriting Agreement, the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the
Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
46
<PAGE>
The Company, the Selling Shareholders, the executive officers and directors
of the Company and certain shareholders of the Company have each agreed that
they will not, without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation, register the sale of, sell, offer to sell,
grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic
consequences associated with the ownership of Common Stock, for a period of 90
days after the date of this Prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
The Underwriters may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions,
syndicate short covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with
Regulation M under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"). Over-allotment involves syndicate sales in excess of the
offering size, which creates a syndicate short position. Stabilizing
transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the
stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Syndicate covering
transactions involve purchase of shares of the Common Stock in the open market
after distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short
positions. Penalty bids permit the Underwriters to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the shares of Common Stock originally
sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering
transaction to cover syndicate short positions. Such stabilizing transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may cause the price of the
Common Stock to be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of such
transactions.
The rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
generally prohibit the Underwriters and other members of the selling group
from making a market in the Common Stock during the "cooling off" period
immediately preceding the commencement of sales in this offering. The
Commission has, however, adopted an exemption from these rules that permits
passive market marking under certain conditions. These rules permit an
Underwriter or other member of the selling group to continue to make a market
in the Common Stock subject to the conditions, among others, that its bid not
exceed the highest bid by a market maker not connected with this offering and
that its net purchases on any one trading day not exceed prescribed limits.
Pursuant to those exemptions, certain Underwriters and other members of the
selling group intend to engage in passive market making in the Common Stock
during the cooling off period.
At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have agreed to pay to Tanner
& Co., Inc. ("Tanner") a fee related to its acting as a financial advisor to
the Company in connection with this offering in an amount equal to 15% of the
aggregate Underwriting Discounts and Commissions set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus. Tanner is not acting as an underwriter or a dealer with
respect to the Common Stock offered hereby.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company and the Selling Shareholders by Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen
LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. A retired partner of that firm is a trustee
of trusts for the benefit of certain members of the Grumbacher Family that
upon completion of the offering will own 1,097,964 shares of Common Stock and
545,237 shares of Class A Common Stock. Certain legal matters will be passed
upon for the Underwriters by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and schedule included in this
Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their
reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
47
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act
and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy and information statements
and other information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy and information
statements and other information are available for inspection without charge
at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004, as well as the Regional Offices of
the Commission at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York
10048, and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, 14th Floor,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such materials may be obtained from
the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, DC 20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a Web
site, located at http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants, including
the Company, that file electronically with the Commission. The Common Stock is
quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, and reports, proxy and information
statements and other information concerning the Company may also be inspected
at the offices of the Nasdaq National Market, 1735 K Street, N.W. Washington,
DC 20006-1506.
The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
"Registration Statement," which term shall include any amendments thereto)
under the Securities Act with the Commission with respect to the Common Stock
offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth
in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, certain
parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Commission, and to which reference is hereby made. For further information,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to contents of any
contract or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete
and, where such contract or other document is an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, each such statement is qualified in all respects by the provisions
of such exhibit, to which reference is hereby made.
48
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................................. F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 31,
1998, February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996.............................. F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
January 31, 1998, February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996.................. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 31,
1998, February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996.............................. F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................ F-7
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Shareholders of The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Bon-Ton
Stores, Inc. (a Pennsylvania corporation) and subsidiaries as of January 31,
1998 and February 1, 1997 and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three fiscal
years in the period ended January 31, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Bon-Ton
Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, and
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three fiscal years in the period ended January 31, 1998 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
Philadelphia, PA
March 4, 1998
F-2
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1,
1998 1997
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................ $ 9,109 $ 6,516
Trade and other accounts receivable, net of allowance
for doubtful accounts of $1,977 and $2,769 in 1997
and 1996, respectively.............................. 28,485 16,306
Merchandise inventories.............................. 177,783 161,191
Prepaid expenses and other current assets............ 8,835 18,389
-------- --------
Total current assets............................... 224,212 202,402
-------- --------
Property, fixtures and equipment at cost, less
accumulated depreciation and amortization............. 108,568 117,716
Other assets........................................... 19,906 21,134
-------- --------
Total assets....................................... $352,686 $341,252
======== ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable..................................... $ 55,478 $ 51,626
Accrued payroll and benefits......................... 9,457 7,135
Accrued expenses..................................... 25,649 25,209
Current portion of long-term debt.................... 556 9,763
Current portion of obligations under capital leases.. 379 351
Deferred income taxes................................ 1,227 1,628
Income taxes payable................................. 8,388 3,837
-------- --------
Total current liabilities.......................... 101,134 99,549
-------- --------
Long-term debt, less current maturities................ 121,121 125,620
Obligations under capital leases, less current
maturities............................................ 2,263 2,478
Deferred income taxes.................................. 365 1,174
Other long-term liabilities............................ 3,409 946
-------- --------
Total liabilities.................................. 228,292 229,767
-------- --------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Shareholders' equity:
Common Stock--authorized 40,000,000 shares at $0.01
par value; issued and outstanding shares of
8,847,333 and 8,349,699 in 1997 and 1996,
respectively........................................ 88 83
Class A Common Stock--authorized 20,000,000 shares at
$0.01 par value; issued and outstanding shares of
2,989,853 in 1997 and 1996.......................... 30 30
Additional paid-in capital........................... 62,585 58,182
Deferred compensation................................ (2,010) (1,259)
Retained earnings.................................... 63,701 54,449
-------- --------
Total shareholders' equity......................... 124,394 111,485
-------- --------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity......... $352,686 $341,252
======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-------------------------------------
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales.................................. $ 656,399 $ 626,482 $ 607,357
Other income, net.......................... 2,349 2,430 2,266
---------- ---------- ----------
658,748 628,912 609,623
---------- ---------- ----------
Costs and expenses:
Costs of merchandise sold................ 413,846 395,563 387,947
Selling, general and administrative...... 202,850 197,315 207,058
Depreciation and amortization............ 12,882 12,758 11,895
Unusual (income) expense (Note 15)....... -- (3,171) 3,280
Restructuring charges (Note 16).......... -- -- 5,690
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) from operations.............. 29,170 26,447 (6,247)
Interest expense, net...................... 13,202 14,687 8,722
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes.......... 15,968 11,760 (14,969)
Income tax provision (benefit)............. 6,270 4,949 (5,766)
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.... 9,698 6,811 (9,203)
Extraordinary item
--loss on early extinguishment of debt,
net of income tax benefit of $251....... (446) -- --
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss).......................... $ 9,252 $ 6,811 $ (9,203)
========== ========== ==========
Per share amounts--
Basic:
Net income (loss) before extraordinary
item.................................... $ 0.87 $ 0.62 $ (0.83)
Effect of extraordinary item............. (0.04) -- --
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)........................ $ 0.83 $ 0.62 $ (0.83)
========== ========== ==========
Basic shares outstanding.................. 11,122,000 11,064,000 11,044,000
Diluted:
Net income (loss) before extraordinary
item.................................... $ 0.85 $ 0.61 $ (0.83)
Effect of extraordinary item............. (0.04) -- --
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)........................ $ 0.81 $ 0.61 $ (0.83)
========== ========== ==========
Diluted shares outstanding................ 11,377,000 11,106,000 11,044,000
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A ADDITIONAL
COMMON COMMON PAID-IN DEFERRED RETAINED
STOCK STOCK CAPITAL COMPENSATION EARNINGS TOTAL
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 28,
1995................... $ 51 $ 59 $55,827 $ (331) $56,841 $112,447
Net loss................ -- -- -- -- (9,203) (9,203)
Issuance of stock under
stock award plans...... 3 -- 1,771 (1,774) -- --
Deferred compensation
amortization........... -- -- -- 293 -- 293
Exercised stock
options................ -- -- 643 -- -- 643
Cancellation of
restricted shares...... -- -- (44) 38 -- (6)
Conversion of Class A
Common Stock to Common
Stock.................. 29 (29) -- -- -- --
---- ---- ------- ------- ------- --------
Balance at February 3,
1996................... 83 30 58,197 (1,774) 47,638 104,174
Net income.............. -- -- -- -- 6,811 6,811
Deferred compensation
amortization........... -- -- -- 505 -- 505
Cancellation of
restricted shares...... -- -- (15) 10 -- (5)
---- ---- ------- ------- ------- --------
Balance at February 1,
1997................... 83 30 58,182 (1,259) 54,449 111,485
Net income.............. -- -- -- -- 9,252 9,252
Issuance of stock under
stock award plans...... 2 -- 2,094 (1,256) -- 840
Deferred compensation
amortization........... -- -- -- 505 -- 505
Exercised stock
options................ 3 -- 2,314 -- -- 2,317
Cancellation of
restricted shares...... -- -- (5) -- -- (5)
---- ---- ------- ------- ------- --------
Balance at January 31,
1998................... $ 88 $ 30 $62,585 $(2,010) $63,701 $124,394
==== ==== ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------------
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)......................... $ 9,252 $ 6,811 $ (9,203)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization........... 12,882 12,758 11,895
Bad debt and other noncash charges...... 700 924 229
Stock compensation expense.............. 1,345 505 293
Gain on sale of property, fixtures and
equipment.............................. (17) (407) (144)
Cancellation of Restricted Shares....... (5) (5) (6)
(Increase) decrease in other long-term
assets................................. (80) 320 825
Deferred income taxes................... (1,210) 4,116 6,709
Decrease in other long-term
liabilities............................ (523) (476) (2,686)
Extraordinary loss on debt
extinguishment......................... 697 -- --
Loss from restructuring activities...... -- -- 5,690
Restructuring payments.................. (580) (1,252) (413)
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in accounts
receivable.............................. (34,879) 216 7,728
Increase in merchandise inventories...... (16,592) (19,450) (21,087)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses
and other current assets................ 9,554 (4,827) (4,118)
Decrease (increase) in income taxes
receivable.............................. -- 8,549 (8,549)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable.. 3,852 (3,542) 13,138
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses.. 3,343 (6,823) (9,365)
Increase (decrease) in income taxes
payable................................. 4,551 1,334 (5,185)
--------- --------- ---------
Total adjustments...................... (16,962) (8,060) (5,046)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash used in operating activities.. (7,710) (1,249) (14,249)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures, net................. (10,978) (9,730) (43,587)
Proceeds from sale of property, fixtures
and equipment............................ 17 855 278
Purchase of accounts receivable........... -- -- (30,138)
Proceeds from sale of accounts receivable,
net...................................... 22,000 -- 25,000
Proceeds from sale and leaseback
arrangement.............................. 10,841 -- --
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in)
investing activities.................. 21,880 (8,875) (48,447)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments on long-term debt and capital
lease obligations........................ (320,996) (233,826) (301,738)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.. 307,102 220,125 369,000
Proceeds from issuance of mortgages....... -- 23,400 --
Exercised stock options................... 2,317 -- 643
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities.................. (11,577) 9,699 67,905
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents...................... 2,593 (425) 5,209
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period.................................... 6,516 6,941 1,732
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period.................................... $ 9,109 $ 6,516 $ 6,941
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, was incorporated on
January 31, 1996 as the successor of a company established on January 31, 1929
and currently operates, through its subsidiaries, 64 retail department stores
located in Pennsylvania, New York, Maryland, West Virginia and New Jersey.
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Bon-Ton
Stores, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Company"). All
intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires that management make estimates and
assumptions which affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
FISCAL YEAR
The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearer to January 31 of the
following calendar year, and consisted of fifty-two weeks for fiscal years
1997 and 1996, and fifty-three weeks for fiscal year 1995. Fiscal years 1997,
1996 and 1995 ended on January 31, 1998, February 1, 1997 and February 3,
1996, respectively.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments with an
original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash
equivalents. Cash equivalents are generally overnight money market
investments.
MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES
For both financial reporting and tax purposes, merchandise inventories are
determined by the retail method, using a LIFO (last-in, first-out) cost basis.
The estimated cost to replace inventories was $180,083 and $161,945 as of
January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, respectively.
PROPERTY, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
Depreciation and amortization of property, fixtures and equipment are
computed using the straight-line method based upon the following average
estimated service lives (or remaining lease terms):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings................................................. 20 to 40 years
Leasehold improvements.................................... 15 years
Fixtures and equipment.................................... 5 to 10 years
</TABLE>
No depreciation is recorded until property, fixtures and equipment are
placed into service. Property, fixtures and equipment not placed into service
are classified as construction in progress.
The Company capitalizes interest costs incurred as a result of the
construction of any new facilities or major improvements. The amount of
interest capitalized is limited to that incurred during the construction
period.
F-7
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Repair and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred. Property
retired or sold is removed from the asset and accumulated depreciation
accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.
The costs of major remodeling and improvements on leased stores are
capitalized as leasehold improvements. Leasehold improvements are generally
amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the asset.
Capital leases are recorded at the lower of fair market value or the present
value of future minimum lease payments. Capital leases are amortized over the
primary term.
STORE OPENING AND CLOSING COSTS
The Company follows the practice of accounting for store opening costs
incurred prior to opening a new retail unit as a current period expense. When
the decision to close a retail unit is made, the Company provides for
estimated future net lease obligations after store operations cease;
nonrecoverable investments in property, fixtures and equipment; and other
expenses directly related to discontinuance of operations. The estimates are
based upon historical information along with certain assumptions about future
events. Changes in the assumptions for store closing costs for such items as
the estimated period of future lease obligations and the amounts actually
realized relating to the recorded value of property, fixtures and equipment
could cause these estimates to change in the near term.
ADVERTISING
Advertising production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement
is run. Media placement costs are expensed in the period the advertising
appears. Total advertising expenses included in selling, general and
administrative expense for fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995 were $27,095,
$28,747 and $25,377, respectively. Prepaid expenses and other current assets
include prepaid advertising costs of $687 and $756 at January 31, 1998 and
February 1, 1997, respectively.
LEASED DEPARTMENT SALES
The Company leases space in several of its stores and receives compensation
based on a percentage of sales made in these departments. Other income, net
includes leased department rental income of approximately $2,502, $2,719 and
$2,607 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
REVOLVING CHARGE ACCOUNTS
Finance charge income on customers' revolving charge accounts is reflected
as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses. The finance
charge income earned by the Company, before considering the costs of
administering and servicing the revolving charge accounts, for fiscal years
1997, 1996 and 1995 was $25,019, $19,502 and $21,869, respectively (see Note
4).
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"), which provides for
a fair value based method of accounting for grants of equity instruments to
employees or suppliers in return for goods or services. As permitted under
SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to account for compensation
costs under the provisions prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company has included
pro forma disclosures of net income (loss) and basic and diluted earnings
(loss) per share in Note 11 as if the fair value based method had been applied
in measuring compensation cost.
F-8
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS No. 128").
SFAS No. 128, which supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15,
"Earnings per Share," requires dual presentation of Basic and Diluted earnings
per share ("EPS") on the face of the statement of operations. Basic EPS is
computed by dividing reported earnings available to common shareholders by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
EPS is computed assuming the conversion of all dilutive securities, such as
options and restricted stock. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 128 was
immaterial to the financial statements of the Company. In accordance with SFAS
No. 128, all prior period per share amounts have been restated to reflect the
new calculation and presentation. The statement requires a reconciliation of
the numerators and denominators used in the Basic and Diluted EPS
calculations. The numerator, net income (loss), is identical in both
calculations. The following table presents a reconciliation of the shares
outstanding for the respective calculations, as well as the calculated EPS for
each period presented on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations. The EPS shown in the reconciliation represents EPS before the
impact of extraordinary items.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---------------- ---------------- -----------------
SHARES EPS SHARES EPS SHARES EPS
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Basic Calculation.......... 11,122,000 $0.87 11,064,000 $0.62 11,044,000 $(0.83)
Dilutive Securities--
Restricted Shares........ 72,000 10,000 --
Options.................. 183,000 32,000 --
---------- ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ------
Diluted Calculation........ 11,377,000 $0.85 11,106,000 $0.61 11,044,000 $(0.83)
========== ===== ========== ===== ========== ======
</TABLE>
RECLASSIFICATIONS
To conform to the 1997 presentation, store pre-opening expenses incurred in
1995 of $2,191 were reclassified from unusual (income) expense to selling,
general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
ACCOUNTING FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS
In fiscal 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS No. 121"). This statement requires
recognition of impairment losses for long-lived assets whenever events or
changes in circumstances result in the carrying amount of the assets exceeding
the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows associated with such
assets. The measurement of the impairment losses to be recognized is based on
the difference between the fair values and the carrying amounts of the assets.
SFAS No. 121 also requires any long-lived assets held for sale be reported at
the lower of carrying amount or the fair value less selling cost. The adoption
of this statement had no effect on the consolidated financial results of the
Company.
TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" ("SFAS No.
125"). Under SFAS No. 125, a transfer of financial assets in which the
transferor surrenders control over those assets is accounted for as a sale to
the extent consideration other than beneficial interests in the transferred
assets is received in exchange. It also requires that servicing assets and
other retained interests in the transferred assets be measured by allocating
the previous carrying amount between assets sold, if
F-9
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
any, and retained interests, if any, based on their relative fair value at the
date of transfer. The adoption of this statement on January 1, 1997 did not
have a material effect on the consolidated financial results of the Company
for fiscal 1997 or fiscal 1996.
2. DEBT:
Debt consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1,
1998 1997
<S> <C> <C>
Revolving credit agreement--principal payable April
15, 2000; interest payable periodically at varying
rates (8.11% for fiscal year 1997)................. $ 88,900 $ 37,000
Term Loan........................................... -- 65,000
Mortgage notes payable--principal payable in varying
monthly installments through June 2016 plus
interest at a fixed rate of 9.62%; secured by land
and buildings...................................... 21,918 22,306
Mortgage note payable--principal and interest in
monthly installments of $68 through January 2001,
with a balloon payment in February 2001; interest
11.00%; secured by buildings....................... 6,359 6,465
Mortgage notes payable--principal payable February
1, 2012; interest payable monthly at various rates;
secured by a building.............................. 4,500 4,500
Other notes payable................................. -- 112
-------- --------
Total debt.......................................... 121,677 135,383
Less: current maturities............................ 556 9,763
-------- --------
Long-term debt...................................... $121,121 $125,620
======== ========
</TABLE>
In April 1997, the Company entered into a three-year revolving credit
agreement with several financial institutions, replacing the Company's
previous $86,250 term loan and $85,000 revolving credit agreement. The new
agreement provides for a borrowing base, with subjective elements, determined
upon eligible inventory and selected fixed assets and real estate, up to an
aggregate principal amount of $200,000. As of January 31, 1998, the Company
borrowed $88,900 with $17,500 of borrowings remaining available under this
agreement. The interest charged under this agreement, based on LIBOR or an
index rate plus an applicable margin, is determined by a formula based on the
Company's interest coverage ratios (defined as the ratio of earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) to interest expense).
In connection with the repayment of the previous term loan and revolving
credit agreement, the Company recognized a one-time extraordinary after-tax
charge of $446, or $0.04 per share in fiscal 1997.
In May 1996, the Company entered into a $23,400, twenty-year mortgage
agreement, secured by its four stores in Rochester, New York. The net proceeds
were used to repay debt and to fund ongoing working capital requirements.
The Company maintains an interest rate swap portfolio which allows the
Company to convert floating rate borrowings to fixed rates. The following
table indicates the notional amounts and the range of interest rates paid and
received by the Company as of January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1,
1998 1997
<S> <C> <C>
Fixed swaps (notional amount)........................ $60,000 $60,000
Range of receive rate.............................. 5.56%-6.24% 5.50%-6.24%
Range of pay rate.................................. 5.97%-8.06% 7.02%-8.06%
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
The interest rate swap agreements will expire on various dates from January
29, 1999 to December 22, 2000. The net income or expense from the exchange of
interest rate payments is included in interest expense. The estimated fair
value, based on dealer quotes, of the interest rate swap agreements at January
31, 1998 and February 1, 1997 was a loss of $1,261 and $1,963, respectively,
and represents the amount the Company would pay if the agreements were
terminated as of such dates.
Several of the Company's loan agreements contain restrictive covenants,
including a minimum trade support ratio, a minimum fixed charge ratio and
limitations on dividends, additional incurrence of debt and capital
expenditures.
The fair value of the Company's debt, excluding interest rate swaps, is
estimated at $122,310 and $133,844 on January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997,
respectively, and is based on an estimate of the rates available to the
Company for debt with similar features.
Debt maturities, as of January 31, 1998, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1998............................................................. $ 556
1999............................................................. 604
2000............................................................. 89,570
2001............................................................. 6,542
2002............................................................. 639
2003 and thereafter.............................................. 23,766
--------
$121,677
========
</TABLE>
3. INTEREST COSTS:
Interest and debt costs were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------------
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest cost incurred................... $13,441 $14,955 $ 9,820
Interest income.......................... (234) (153) (437)
Capitalized interest, net................ (5) (115) (661)
------- ------- -------
Interest expense, net.................... $13,202 $14,687 $ 8,722
======= ======= =======
Interest paid............................ $12,887 $14,898 $10,441
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
4. SALE OF RECEIVABLES:
The Company securitizes its private credit card portfolio through an
accounts receivable facility (the "Facility"). Under the securitization
agreement, which expires in January 2000 and is contingent upon the
receivables meeting certain performance criteria, the Company has the option
to sell through The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, LP ("BTRLP"), a wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Company, an undivided percentage interest in the
receivables, on a limited recourse basis. BTRLP assets of $27,979 and $15,413
as of January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, respectively, were included in
the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and consist primarily of its
retained interest in receivables initially purchased from the Company and sold
under the facility. The Company accounts for its undivided interest in the
receivables in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."
F-11
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
The Company has not recognized any unrealized gains or losses on its
participation interest as the current carrying value of customers' revolving
charge accounts receivable is a reasonable estimate of fair value since the
average interest rates approximate current market origination rates. Creditors
of BTRLP have a claim on BTRLP's assets prior to any equity in BTRLP becoming
available to creditors of the Company.
In January 1998, the Company increased its accounts receivable facility to
$150,000 to increase the level of receivables it may sell to fund working
capital. In September 1996, the Company reduced the Facility to $120,000 based
on the Company's analysis of credit sales as a percentage of total sales and
the required level of working capital.
As of January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, credit card receivables were
sold under the above referenced agreement in the amount of $132,000 and
$110,000, respectively. BTRLP holds a participating interest in an undivided
ownership interest in the receivables sold. This interest is required to be
held under terms of the agreement to provide credit support against future
losses and is subject to lien. The amount subject to credit support amounted
to $21,071 and $19,764 at January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, respectively.
New receivables are sold on a continual basis to replenish the investors'
respective level of participation in receivables which have been repaid by the
credit card holders. The Company does not recognize a servicing asset or
liability, as the amount received for servicing the receivable is a reasonable
approximation of market rates and servicing costs.
The net impact on earnings in connection with the sale of receivables under
this agreement was not significant. However, under the terms of the sale
agreement, the Company receives securitization income equal to the excess of
the finance charges collected on the receivables over the rate paid in these
securitization transactions and credit losses which are payable under the
recourse provisions of these agreements. The Company also continues to service
the accounts. The rate paid may be based on variable or fixed rate pricing
alternatives at the option of the Company. Securitization income, before
consideration of servicing expenses, was approximately $8,410, $6,211 and
$5,205 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and has been reported as
part of finance charge income. Although the Company receives positive
securitization cash flow, an interest-only strip has not been recorded due to
the short life of the receivables and to provide for credit losses under the
recourse provision of the Facility.
5. PURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES:
The Company purchased certain customer accounts receivable of Hess's
Department Stores, Inc. on February 24, 1995. The net investment in this
purchase was $30,138. The receivables were purchased from a finance company
which had an agreement with Hess's Department Stores, Inc. to acquire and
service their receivables.
F-12
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
6. PROPERTY, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT:
As of January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, property, fixtures and
equipment and the related accumulated depreciation and amortization consisted
of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1,
1998 1997
<S> <C> <C>
Land................................................ $ 1,171 $ 1,409
Buildings and leasehold improvements................ 94,635 99,743
Furniture and equipment............................. 89,128 82,186
Buildings under capital leases...................... 5,052 5,052
-------- --------
189,986 188,390
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization..... 81,418 70,674
-------- --------
$108,568 $117,716
======== ========
</TABLE>
Property, fixtures and equipment with a net depreciated cost of
approximately $41,336 and $43,255 are pledged as collateral for secured loans
at January 31, 1998, and February 1, 1997, respectively.
Included in Land, Buildings and leasehold improvements is $2.6 million for a
vacant store owned by the Company located in Allentown, Pennsylvania. The
Company is currently negotiating for the sale of this property, however, at
this time, there is no binding contract for the sale. The Company will
continue to pursue opportunities to dispose of this property. The Company
believes the established reserves are adequate.
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
LEASES
The Company is obligated under capital and operating leases for a major
portion of its store properties. Certain leases provide for additional rental
payments based on a percentage of sales in excess of a specified base
(contingent rentals) and for payment by the Company of operating costs (taxes,
maintenance and insurance). Also, selling space has been licensed to other
retailers in many of the Company's leased facilities.
At January 31, 1998, future minimum lease payments under operating leases
and the present value of net minimum lease payments under capital leases are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR CAPITAL LEASES OPERATING LEASES
<S> <C> <C>
1998.......................................... $ 579 $ 15,445
1999.......................................... 579 14,780
2000.......................................... 579 12,863
2001.......................................... 579 11,427
2002.......................................... 300 10,405
2003 and thereafter........................... 800 62,841
------ --------
Total net minimum rentals..................... 3,416 $127,761
========
Less: Amount representing interest............ 774
------
Present value of net minimum lease payments,
of which $379 is due within one year......... $2,642
======
</TABLE>
Minimum rental commitments under operating leases detailed earlier are
reflected without reduction for rental income due in future years under
noncancellable subleases since the amounts are immaterial. Some of the store
leases contain renewal options ranging from two to thirty-five years. Included
in the minimum lease payments under operating leases are leased vehicles,
copiers and computer equipment, as well as related-party commitments with the
Company's majority shareholder and related entities of $713, $713, $715, $745,
$745 and $5,568 for fiscal 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and
thereafter, respectively.
F-13
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Rental expense consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------------
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating leases:
Buildings:
Minimum rentals........................... $13,898 $13,660 $13,580
Contingent rentals........................ 2,636 2,374 2,402
Fixtures and equipment..................... 1,332 750 2,265
Contingent rentals on capital leases....... 410 357 321
------- ------- -------
Totals.................................. $18,276 $17,141 $18,568
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
CONTINGENCIES
The Company is party to legal proceedings and claims which arise during the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
outcome of such litigation and claims will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial position or results of its operations.
8. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Company's capital structure consists of Common Stock with one vote per
share and Class A Common Stock with ten votes per share. In addition, the
Company has 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized; however, none of
these shares have been issued.
Transfers of the Company's Class A Common Stock are restricted. Upon sale or
transfer of ownership or voting rights to other than permitted transferees, as
defined, such shares will convert to an equal number of shares of Common
Stock. During fiscal 1995, 2,935,317 shares of Class A Common Stock were
converted to an equal number of shares of Common Stock.
9. INCOME TAXES:
The Company accounts for income taxes according to Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS No. 109").
Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on
the difference between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets
and liabilities using applicable current marginal tax rates.
Components of income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------------
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Federal and State:
Current................................ $ 7,480 $ 833 $(12,475)
Deferred............................... (1,210) 4,116 6,709
------- ------ --------
Total.................................. $ 6,270 $4,949 $ (5,766)
======= ====== ========
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Components of gross deferred tax assets and liabilities were comprised of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1,
1998 1997
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Store closings..................................... $1,969 $ 1,535
Accrued expenses................................... 1,560 2,366
Restricted shares.................................. 1,096 1,014
Sale and leaseback................................. 1,030 --
Bad debt reserve................................... 712 997
Loss carryforward.................................. 324 796
Capital leases..................................... 140 157
AMT credit carryforward............................ -- 833
Other.............................................. 168 166
Valuation allowance................................ (288) (169)
------ -------
Total gross deferred tax assets.................... $6,711 $ 7,695
====== =======
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets....................................... $4,740 $ 3,949
Inventory.......................................... 2,155 2,783
Pension asset...................................... -- 2,718
Other.............................................. 1,408 1,047
------ -------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities............... $8,303 $10,497
====== =======
</TABLE>
The loss carryforward at January 31, 1998 relates to the acquisition of
Adam, Meldrum & Anderson Co., Inc. and will expire in January 2009.
The valuation allowance relates to the deferred tax assets that result from
accrued expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes due to the
limitations arising from Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended ("IRC 162"), relating to deductions for executive compensation.
No other deferred tax assets have associated valuation allowances since
these tax benefits are realizable through the reversal of existing deferred
tax liabilities and future taxable income, exclusive of reversals of temporary
differences and carryforwards.
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective
tax rate for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------------
JANUARY 31, FEBRUARY 1, FEBRUARY 3,
1998 1997 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax at statutory rate.................. 35.0% 35.0% (35.0)%
Tax credits............................ -- -- (4.0)
Refund of prior year income taxes...... -- -- (4.8)
Book expense in excess of IRC 162
limitation............................ 2.3 3.6 5.0
State income taxes, net of federal
benefit............................... 1.0 1.0 --
Excise tax on pension termination...... -- 3.4 --
Other, net............................. 1.0 (0.9) 0.3
---- ---- -----
Total................................ 39.3% 42.1% (38.5)%
==== ==== =====
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
In fiscal 1997 and 1995, the Company made income tax payments of $2,194 and
$5,071, respectively. The Company received income tax refunds, net of
payments, of $8,641 in fiscal 1996.
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
The Company provides eligible employees with retirement benefits under a
401(k) salary reduction and profit sharing plan (the "Plan"). Employees are
eligible to participate in the Plan after they reach the age of 21, complete
one year of service and work at least 1,000 hours in any calendar year. Under
the 401(k) provisions of the Plan, the majority of eligible employees may
contribute up to 20% of their compensation to the Plan. Company matching
contributions, not to exceed 5% of eligible employees' compensation, are at
the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors. Company matching
contributions under the 401(k) provisions of the Plan become fully vested for
eligible employees after three years of service. Contributions to the Plan
under the profit sharing provisions are at the discretion of the Company's
Board of Directors. These profit sharing contributions become fully vested
after five years of service. The Company contributed $1,350 in fiscal 1997 and
$1,200 in fiscal 1996 under the profit sharing provisions of the Plan. No
contributions were made under the profit sharing provisions for fiscal 1995.
In addition to the above plans, the Company maintains a non-qualified
compensation plan for a select group of management employees.
The Company's fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 expense under the aforementioned
benefit plans was $1,951, $1,932 and $395, respectively.
In December 1995, the Company merged the Adam, Meldrum and Anderson Co.,
Inc. Pension Plan into the Hess's Department Stores, Inc. Employees' Pension
Plan. These defined benefit pension plans (the "Merged Plan") covered
substantially all the former employees of Adam, Meldrum and Anderson Co., Inc.
and Hess's Department Stores, Inc., respectively. The Adam, Meldrum and
Anderson Co., Inc. Pension Plan was curtailed in fiscal 1992 by the former
owners. The Hess's Department Stores, Inc. Employees' Pension Plan was
overfunded at the time of the purchase of certain assets of Hess's Department
Stores, Inc. Due to the overfunded status of the Merged Plan an asset was
recorded in the purchase price allocation for the estimated net realizable
value of the overfunded plan at the expected termination date.
In April 1996, the Company began the termination process of the Merged Plan.
The participants' obligations were settled through an election by the
participants of either a lump sum payout or an annuity purchase. The
settlement of participants' obligations was completed in November 1996. As a
result of this settlement, the Company recorded a gain in fiscal 1996 of
$3,171, net of $1,132 Federal excise tax expense, to recognize the value of
assets to be reverted to the Company in excess of the asset established in
purchase accounting.
Completion of the funds reversion was completed in November 1997. Total
funds reverted to the Company amounted to $6,005, net of $1,132 Federal excise
taxes paid. Additionally, the Company also transferred $2,007 to the Company's
Profit Sharing plan of which $1,200 was used to fund the Company's 1996
contribution. The remaining balance in the Plan will partially fund the
Company's 1997 contribution of $1,350.
11. STOCK AWARD PLANS:
The Company's Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option and Restricted Stock
Plan (the "Stock Plan"), as amended through June 17, 1997, provides for the
granting of the following options and awards to certain associates, officers,
directors, consultants and advisors: Common Stock options; performance-based
Common Stock options as part of a long-term incentive plan for selected
officers; and Common Stock awards subject to substantial risk of forfeiture
("Restricted Shares"). The maximum number of shares to be granted under the
F-16
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Stock Plan, less forfeitures, is 1,900,000 shares. In addition to the Stock
Plan, during 1991 the Board of Directors approved a Phantom Equity Replacement
Plan (the "Replacement Plan") to replace the Company's previous deferred
compensation arrangement that was structured as a phantom stock program.
The Company amended its Management Incentive Plan (the "MIP Plan") in 1997
to provide, at the election of each participant, for bonus awards to be
received in vested Restricted Shares in lieu of cash on the satisfaction of
applicable performance goals. The maximum number of shares to be granted under
the MIP Plan is 300,000.
Options granted under the Stock Plan, excluding Restricted Share awards, are
generally issued at the market price of the Company's stock on the date of
grant, vest over three to five years and have a ten-year term. Grants under
the Replacement Plan vest over approximately one to six years and have a
thirty-year term.
Compensation cost charged to operations, calculated using the intrinsic
value method as required by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," was $1,345, $505 and $293 in
fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Had the Company recorded
compensation expense using the fair value based method as discussed in SFAS
No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," net income (loss) and
earnings (loss) per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts
indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income (loss)......................... As reported $9,252 $6,811 $(9,203)
Pro forma 8,416 5,987 (9,496)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic................................... As reported $ 0.83 $ 0.62 $ (0.83)
Pro forma 0.76 0.54 (0.86)
Diluted................................. As reported $ 0.81 $ 0.61 $ (0.83)
Pro forma 0.74 0.54 (0.86)
</TABLE>
The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the
fair value of the stock options at the grant date. The following assumptions
were used for 1997 calculations: risk-free interest rate--6.3%; expected
volatility--61.5%; expected life--7.2 years; expected dividend yield--0.0% and
for both 1996 and 1995 calculations: risk-free interest rate--6.4%; expected
volatility--65.0%; expected life--7 years; expected dividend yield--0.0%.
F-17
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
A summary of the options under the Stock Plan follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERFORMANCE- RESTRICTED
COMMON STOCK OPTIONS BASED OPTIONS SHARES
---------------------- ----------------- ----------
NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER
OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OF SHARES
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
FISCAL 1995
January 28, 1995.......... 401,976 $10.07 86,300 $ 7.25 21,528
Granted.................. 371,600 $ 7.26 33,300 $11.25 270,000
Exercised................ (68,868) $ 8.90 -- -- (7,176)
Forfeited................ (66,958) $ 9.91 (25,600) $ 7.25 (2,912)
----------- -------- ------- ------ -------
February 3, 1996.......... 637,750 $ 8.57 94,000 $ 8.67 281,440
=========== ======== ======= ====== =======
Options exercisable at
February 3, 1996......... 142,885 $11.26 -- -- --
Weighted average fair
value of options granted
during fiscal 1995....... $ 5.84 $ 7.89
FISCAL 1996
Granted.................. 131,286 $ 6.58 176,800 $ 6.13 --
Exercised................ -- -- -- -- (11,659)
Forfeited................ (17,216) $ 8.69 (60,700) $ 7.25 (1,456)
----------- -------- ------- ------ -------
February 1, 1997.......... 751,820 $ 8.22 210,100 $ 6.94 268,325
=========== ======== ======= ====== =======
Options exercisable at
February 1, 1997......... 328,653 $ 9.54 -- -- --
Weighted average fair
value of options granted
during fiscal 1996....... $ 4.40 $ 4.20
FISCAL 1997
Granted.................. 134,300 $ 6.86 167,100 $ 7.25 --
Exercised................ (243,759) $ 6.04 -- -- (10,955)
Forfeited................ (25,866) $10.32 -- -- (704)
----------- -------- ------- ------ -------
January 31, 1998.......... 616,495 $ 8.35 377,200 $ 7.08 256,666
=========== ======== ======= ====== =======
Options exercisable at
January 31, 1998......... 274,309 $10.03 -- -- --
Weighted average fair
value of options granted
during fiscal 1997....... $ 4.84 $ 4.95
</TABLE>
The exercised shares in the above summary for Restricted Shares represent
shares for which the restrictions have lapsed.
The range of exercise prices for the Common Stock options outstanding as of
January 31, 1998 was $5.88 to $13.00 with a weighted average contractual life
of 7.2 years. The range of exercise prices for the performance-based options
was $6.13 to $11.25, with a weighted average contractual life of 8.4 years.
F-18
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
A summary of the status of the Replacement Plan follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NON-
DISCOUNT DISCOUNT
OPTIONS OPTIONS
<S> <C> <C>
Exercise Price.............................................. $ 3.25 $ 13.00
-------- -------
January 28, 1995............................................ 155,888 48,894
Exercised................................................. (10,239) --
Forfeited................................................. (3,071) (6,288)
-------- -------
February 3, 1996............................................ 142,578 42,606
Exercised................................................. -- --
Forfeited................................................. -- --
-------- -------
February 1, 1997............................................ 142,578 42,606
Exercised................................................. (57,309) --
Forfeited................................................. -- (5,054)
-------- -------
January 31, 1998............................................ 85,269 37,552
-------- -------
</TABLE>
As of January 31, 1998, February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, the
exercisable discounted options amounted to 83,411, 138,861 and 130,259,
respectively, and exercisable non-discounted options amounted to 36,122,
39,746 and 36,413, respectively.
The Company granted 202,300 Restricted Shares under the MIP Plan. No
Restricted Shares have vested or were forfeited during fiscal 1997.
Cancellation of options and shares in the above plans resulted primarily
from the termination of the employment of certain executives and voluntary
forfeitures by key executives.
12. ACQUISITIONS:
On March 6, 1995, the Company acquired three vacant department stores in
Rochester, New York for $14,565. After completing renovations, the stores
opened to the public on November 1, 1995. In addition, on November 13, 1995,
the Company acquired one department store in Greece Ridge, New York for
$3,670. This unit opened to the public on August 8, 1996 following major
remodeling.
F-19
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
13. QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL QUARTER ENDED
-----------------------------------------------
MAY 3, AUGUST 2, NOVEMBER 1, JANUARY 31,
FISCAL 1997: 1997 1997 1997 1998
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales..................... $ 134,251 $ 137,994 $ 155,513 $ 228,641
Other income, net............. 491 472 457 929
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
134,742 138,466 155,970 229,570
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Costs of merchandise sold..... 84,936 86,152 97,212 145,546
Selling, general and adminis-
trative expenses............. 46,002 47,457 51,064 58,327
Depreciation and amortiza-
tion......................... 3,166 3,196 3,500 3,020
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income from operations........ 638 1,661 4,194 22,677
Interest expense, net......... 3,549 3,223 3,254 3,176
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before income
taxes........................ (2,911) (1,562) 940 19,501
Income tax provision (bene-
fit)......................... (1,108) (594) 367 7,605
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before extraor-
dinary item.................. (1,803) (968) 573 11,896
Extraordinary item--loss on
early extinguishment of debt,
net of income tax benefit of
$251......................... (446) -- -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)............. $ (2,249) $ (968) $ 573 $ 11,896
========== ========== ========== ==========
Per share amounts--
Basic:
Net income (loss) before ex-
traordinary item............. $ (0.16) $ (0.09) $ 0.05 $ 1.06
Effect of extraordinary item.. (0.04) -- -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)............. $ (0.20) $ (0.09) $ 0.05 $ 1.06
========== ========== ========== ==========
Basic shares outstanding...... 11,073,000 11,075,000 11,082,000 11,261,000
Diluted:
Net income (loss) before ex-
traordinary item............. $ (0.16) $ (0.09) $ 0.05 $ 1.00
Effect of extraordinary item.. (0.04) -- -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)............. $ (0.20) $ (0.09) $ 0.05 $ 1.00
========== ========== ========== ==========
Diluted shares outstanding.... 11,073,000 11,075,000 11,493,000 11,867,000
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL QUARTER ENDED
------------------------------------------------
MAY 4, AUGUST 3, NOVEMBER 2, FEBRUARY 1,
FISCAL 1996: 1996 1996 1996 1997
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales................. $ 129,320 $ 130,740 $ 148,374 $ 218,048
Other income, net......... 522 500 497 911
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
129,842 131,240 148,871 218,959
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Costs of merchandise
sold..................... 80,518 81,276 93,514 140,255
Selling, general and ad-
ministrative expenses.... 46,615 46,172 48,497 56,031
Depreciation and amortiza-
tion..................... 3,048 3,025 3,256 3,429
Unusual income............ -- -- -- (3,171)(1)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) from opera-
tions.................... (339) 767 3,604 22,415
Interest expense, net..... 3,097 3,801 3,979 3,810
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before in-
come taxes............... (3,436) (3,034) (375) 18,605
Income tax provision (ben-
efit).................... (1,237) (1,088) (133) 7,407
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)......... $ (2,199) $ (1,946) $ (242) $ 11,198
========== ========== ========== ==========
Per share amounts--
Basic:
Net income (loss)......... $ (0.20) $ (0.18) $ (0.02) $ 1.01
========== ========== ========== ==========
Basic shares outstanding.. 11,062,000 11,064,000 11,064,000 11,067,000
Diluted:
Net income (loss)......... $ (0.20) $ (0.18) $ (0.02) $ 1.00
========== ========== ========== ==========
Diluted shares outstand-
ing...................... 11,062,000 11,064,000 11,064,000 11,235,000
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Gain recognized on the pension termination was $1.6 million or $0.14 per
share on an after-tax basis (see Note 10).
14. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER EMPLOYMENT:
In August 1995, the Company hired Mr. Heywood Wilansky as President and
Chief Executive Officer pursuant to a three year employment agreement. In
addition to a base salary, bonus eligibility, and other annual benefits and
perquisites, he received 250,000 Restricted Shares and an option to purchase
250,000 shares of Common Stock at $6.625 per share (the market price on
issuance date). The restricted shares, which as of the date of the grant had a
market value of $1,656, will vest at the rate of 33 1/3% per annum over three
years beginning at the third anniversary of the date of employment. The market
value of $1,656 is being amortized over the five-year vesting period. The
options will become exercisable at the rate of 33 1/3% per annum over three
years beginning on the first anniversary of the date of employment and
expiring upon the lapse of ten years from the date the options were granted.
Both the stock options and restricted shares were issued under the Stock Plan
(see Note 11). Should Mr. Wilansky leave the Company before vesting, these
benefits will be forfeited upon departure except in certain limited
circumstances. Mr. Wilansky also received a one-time signing bonus of $750 in
fiscal 1995.
The Company signed an agreement with Mr. Wilansky, effective February 1,
1998, to extend his employment as the Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer through January 31, 2003. This new agreement provides for increased
cash and stock-based compensation.
F-21
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
15. UNUSUAL (INCOME) EXPENSE:
In January 1997, the Company recorded unusual income of $3,171 before taxes,
which is presented separately as a component of income (loss) from operations
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The income relates to a $4,303
gain that was recognized on the termination of the Merged Plan. The gain was
partially offset by $1,132 for Federal excise tax that was paid when the
pension assets were reverted to the Company. The asset reversion occurred
during 1997 (see Note 10).
In October 1995, the Company recorded unusual expenses of $3,280 before
taxes. This is presented separately as a component of income (loss) from
operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The charge is
comprised of relocation costs, employment agency fees, litigation costs and a
signing bonus associated with the hiring of the Chief Executive Officer (see
Note 14). The litigation cost related to actions brought by the Chief
Executive Officer's former employer, alleging violation of a non-compete
agreement between the Chief Executive Officer and the former employer. This
suit was settled in fiscal 1995.
16. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES:
In January 1996, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $5,690
before taxes, which is presented separately as a component of income (loss)
from operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The amount is
comprised of $5,000 relating to store closings and $690 for workforce
reductions. The $5,000 for store closings relates to stores that the Company
closed due to poor performance. The costs provided for these store closings
represented noncancellable lease costs after store operations cease, lease
cancellation costs and nonrecoverable investments in property, fixtures and
equipment. During 1996, the Company closed five locations, with combined sales
and net operating income of $12,600 and $293, respectively, for the 1996
fiscal year. The amounts incurred in fiscal 1997 and the remaining accrual for
store closing as of January 31, 1998 were $580 and $2,895, respectively. As of
February 1, 1997 the amounts incurred in fiscal 1996 and remaining accrual
were $1,525 and $3,475, respectively. It is anticipated that the remaining
costs will be expended through the end of 2005, and relate primarily to a
leased property located in Johnstown, Pennsylvania. The Company continues to
negotiate for the early termination of this lease. Currently, these
negotiations have not been successful. The Company believes the established
reserves are adequate. The $690 relating to workforce reductions consisted of
severance paid in connection with the elimination of approximately 700
positions. These positions were eliminated across all areas of the Company and
represented approximately 250 employees on a full-time equivalent basis. The
amounts paid during fiscal 1996 and 1995 for these workforce reductions were
$277 and $413, respectively. As of January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997 there
was no accrual remaining.
17. SALE AND LEASEBACK ARRANGEMENT:
In April 1997, the Company sold the land, building and leasehold
improvements comprising its department store in Johnstown, Pennsylvania and
distribution center in Allentown, Pennsylvania and subsequently leased the
facilities back under a twenty-year lease. The lease has been accounted for as
an operating lease for financial reporting purposes. Annual payments under the
operating lease agreement are $1,270. The $10,841 of net proceeds received
from the sale were used to pay down debt by $8,208 and to provide additional
working capital. The gain associated with the sale, totaling $2,986, has been
deferred in other long-term liabilities and is being amortized on a straight-
line basis over the twenty-year lease term.
F-22
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY IN-
FORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH IN-
FORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PRO-
SPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY THE SHARES BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITA-
TION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER OR SOLICITA-
TION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CON-
TAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary....................................................... 3
Risk Factors............................................................. 7
Use of Proceeds.......................................................... 11
Dividend Policy.......................................................... 11
Price Range of Common Stock.............................................. 11
Capitalization........................................................... 12
Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data....................... 13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations........................................................... 15
Business................................................................. 21
Management............................................................... 30
Certain Transactions..................................................... 38
Principal and Selling Shareholders....................................... 39
Description of Capital Stock............................................. 42
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......................................... 45
Underwriting............................................................. 46
Legal Matters............................................................ 47
Experts.................................................................. 47
Available Information.................................................... 48
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4,000,000 SHARES
THE BON-TON
COMMON STOCK
----------------
PROSPECTUS
----------------
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY
SECURITIES LLC
, 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following table presents an itemized estimate of all expenses in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the Common Stock, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions. All such expenses, except for the fees
of the Commission, National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")
and Nasdaq National Market are estimated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NATURE OF EXPENSE AMOUNT
----------------- --------
<S> <C>
SEC Registration Fee............................................... $ 20,695
NASD Fee........................................................... 7,515
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee................................. 17,500
Printing and Engraving Costs....................................... 110,000
Registrant's Counsel Fees and Expenses............................. 175,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses....................................... 100,000
Blue Sky Expenses and Counsel Fees................................. 5,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees.................................. 10,000
Miscellaneous...................................................... 54,290
--------
Total............................................................ $500,000
========
</TABLE>
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.
Section 1713 of Subchapter B of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of
1988, as amended (the "BCL"), provides that if the bylaws of a business
corporation so provide, no directors shall be personally liable for monetary
damages for any action or failure to act unless the director has breached or
failed to perform his or her duties under Subchapter B of Chapter 17 of the
BCL and the breach or failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, wilful
misconduct or recklessness. Such provision does not apply to the
responsibility or liability of a director with respect to any criminal statute
or for the payment of taxes. The Company's Bylaws ("Bylaws") contain
provisions which limit the liability of directors as described in Section
1713.
Subchapter D (Sections 1741 through 1750) of Chapter 17 of the BCL contains
provisions for mandatory and discretionary indemnification of a corporation's
directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, "Representatives"),
and related matters.
Under Section 1741, subject to certain limitations, a corporation has the
power to indemnify directors, officers and other Representatives under certain
prescribed circumstances against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with a threatened, pending or completed action or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, to which
any of them is a party or threatened to be made a party by reason of his being
a Representative of the corporation or serving at the request of the
corporation as a Representative of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the
corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Section 1742 provides for indemnification with respect to derivative actions
similar to that provided by Section 1741. However, indemnification is not
provided under Section 1742 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which a Representative has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation
unless and only to the extent that the proper court determines upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, a Representative is fairly and reasonably entitled
to indemnity for the expenses that the court deems proper.
II-1
<PAGE>
Section 1743 provides that indemnification against expenses is mandatory to
the extent that a Representative has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any such action or proceeding referred to in Section
1741 or 1742.
Section 1744 provides that unless ordered by a court, any indemnification
under Section 1741 or 1742 shall be made by the corporation only as authorized
in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of a
Representative is proper because the Representative met the applicable
standard of conduct, and such determination will be made by the board of
directors by a majority vote of a quorum of directors not parties to the
action or proceeding; if a quorum is not obtainable or if obtainable and a
majority of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel;
or by the shareholders.
Section 1745 provides that expenses incurred by a Representative in
defending any action or proceeding referred to in Subchapter D of Chapter 17
of the BCL may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition
of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
the Representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined
that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.
Section 1746 provides generally that except in any case where the act or
failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a
court to have constituted willful misconduct or recklessness, the
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by Subchapter D of
Chapter 17 of the BCL shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which a Representative seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may
be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to
action in another capacity while holding that office and that the corporation
may create a fund or otherwise secure or insure its indemnification
obligations, whether arising by law or otherwise.
Section 1747 grants a corporation the power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any Representative against any liability incurred by
him in his capacity as a Representative, whether or not the corporation would
have the power to indemnify him against that liability under Subchapter D of
Chapter 17 of the BCL.
Sections 1748 and 1749 apply the indemnification and advancement of expenses
provisions contained in Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the BCL to successor
corporations resulting from consolidation, merger or division and to service
as a representative of a corporation with respect to an employee benefit plan.
Section 1750 provides that the indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided by, or granted pursuant to, Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the BCL
shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a Representative and shall inure to the benefit of
the heirs and personal representatives of such Representative.
The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall, to the fullest extent
permitted by Pennsylvania law, indemnify and hold harmless each director or
officer of the Company who was or is a party to, or is threatened to be made a
party to, or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
investigative or through arbitration (each being a "Proceeding"), for all
actions taken by him or her and for all failures to take action. Indemnitees
shall be indemnified and held harmless against all expense, liability and
loss, including without limitation attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, taxes,
penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, reasonably incurred or
suffered by such indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding; provided,
however, that no indemnification shall be made in any case where the act or
failure to act giving rise to the claim of indemnification is determined by a
court to have constituted willful misconduct or recklessness. Such right to
indemnification includes the right to have expenses incurred by the indemnitee
in defending any Proceeding to be paid by the corporation in advance of the
final disposition thereof, provided that if Pennsylvania law so requires such
payment shall only be made upon receipt from the indemnitee of an undertaking
to repay advanced amounts without interest if it is ultimately determined that
the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. The Bylaws further provide
that indemnification
II-2
<PAGE>
shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer
and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and
administrators.
The Company's Bylaws authorize the Company to purchase and maintain
insurance to insure its indemnification obligations, whether arising under the
Bylaws or otherwise. The Company may create a fund or otherwise secure its
indemnification obligations which arise under the Bylaws, the Articles, by
agreement, vote of shareholders or directors, or otherwise. The Company has
purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance.
The Company's Bylaws provide that provisions relating to indemnification and
the advancement of expenses shall constitute a contract between the Company
and the indemnitee, and that any repeal or amendment of such provisions
adverse to such directors and officers shall apply only on a prospective basis
and shall not limit such rights with respect to any act or failure to act
prior to such repeal or amendment. Any such repeal or amendment which reduces
the limitation of liability or indemnification or advancement of expenses must
be adopted by the unanimous vote of the directors of the affirmative vote of a
majority of the votes that shareholders are entitled to cast in the election
of directors. The Company's Bylaws also provide in the event of a change in
Pennsylvania law which expands the liability of directors or limits rights of
indemnification or advancement of expenses, such rights to limitation of
liability, indemnification and advancement of expenses shall continue to the
fullest extent provided by law, and that if such change in law limits further
the liability of directors or provides broader rights to indemnification or
the advancement of expenses, the limitations of liability and rights to
indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be broadened to the extent
permitted by law.
The Underwriting Agreement provides for indemnification by the Underwriters
of directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company for certain
liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, under
certain circumstances.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) EXHIBITS. The following Exhibits are filed as part of this Registration
Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS DESCRIPTION
-------- -----------
<C> <S>
+1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Report Form 8-B, File
0-19517).
3.2 Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
the Company's Report on Form 8-B, File 0-19517).
+5 Opinion of Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP.
10.1 Shareholders Agreement by and among the Company and the shareholders
named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1,
File 33-42142).
*10.2(a) Employment Agreement between the Company and Heywood Wilansky
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, dated March 26, 1998, File 0-19517).
+*10.2(b) The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for
Heywood Wilansky.
+*10.2(c) The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Five Year Cash Bonus Plan for Heywood
Wilansky.
10.3(a) Credit Agreement among the Company, Adam, Meldrum & Anderson Co.,
Inc. and The Bon-Ton Stores of Lancaster, Inc., the Other Credit
Parties signatory thereto, the Lenders signatory thereto from time
to time, the First National Bank of Boston and General Electric
Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
May 3, 1997).
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS DESCRIPTION
-------- -----------
<C> <S>
+10.3(b) First Amendment to Credit Agreement.
+10.3(c) Second Amendment to Credit Agreement.
+10.3(d) Third Amendment to Credit Agreement.
10.4(a) Lease Agreement by and between BT (PA) QRS 12-25, Inc. and The Bon-
Ton Department Stores, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended May 3, 1997).
10.4(b) Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement by the Company (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2(b) to the Company's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 3, 1997).
*10.5 Employment Agreement between the Company and Michael L. Gleim
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Report
on Form 8-B, File 0-19517).
*10.6 Form of severance agreement between the Company and certain of its
executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to
the Company's Report on Form 8-B, File 0-19517).
*10.7(a) Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8, File 333-36633).
*10.7(b) The Company's Phantom Equity Replacement Stock Option Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.8 Ground Leases for distribution center located in York, Pennsylvania,
by and between The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. and M. Thomas
Grumbacher, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.9 Ground Lease for York Galleria, York, Pennsylvania by and between
The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. and MBM Land Associates
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.10(a) Sublease of Butler, Pennsylvania store by and between The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc. and M. Thomas Grumbacher (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Registration Statement
on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.10(b) First Amendment to Butler, Pennsylvania sublease (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.10(c) Corporate Guarantee with respect to Butler, Pennsylvania lease
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment No. 1 to
the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.11(a) Sublease of Oil City, Pennsylvania store by and between The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc. and M. Thomas Grumbacher (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Registration Statement
on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.11(b) First Amendment to Oil City, Pennsylvania sublease (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.11(c) Corporate Guarantee with respect to Oil City, Pennsylvania lease
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 1 to
the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
*10.12 The Company's Profit Sharing/Retirement Savings Plan, amended and
restated as of July 1, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.24 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended January 28, 1995).
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS DESCRIPTION
-------- -----------
<C> <S>
10.13 Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of January 27, 1995 among The
Bon-Ton Receivables Corp., Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation,
The First National Bank of Chicago, and the other financial
institutions party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.26 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended January 28, 1995).
*10.14 Management Incentive Plan and Addendum to Management Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997).
*10.15 The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan For Principals
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997).
+21 Subsidiaries of the Company.
+23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
23.2 Consent of Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP (included within
Exhibit 5 hereto).
24 Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this
Registration Statement).
+27 Financial Data Schedules.
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
+ Filed herewith.
* Constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(b) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
II-5
<PAGE>
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
(h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referred to in Item 14 of the
Registration Statement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
(i) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the Offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-6
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF YORK, COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA, ON MARCH 27, 1998.
The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.
/s/ Heywood Wilansky
By: _________________________________
HEYWOOD WILANSKY PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned officers and directors of THE BON-TON STORES, INC.,
hereby severally constitute and appoint each of Heywood Wilansky and Michael
L. Gleim, signing singly, our lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, for us and
in our stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all
documents relating thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or
advisable to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming
all that said attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue thereof.
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ Heywood Wilansky President, Chief March 27, 1998
- ------------------------------------- Executive Officer
HEYWOOD WILANSKY and Director
Heywood Wilansky
/s/ M. Thomas Grumbacher Chairman of the March 27, 1998
- ------------------------------------- Board of Directors
M. THOMAS GRUMBACHER
/s/ Michael L. Gleim Vice Chairman, Chief March 27, 1998
- ------------------------------------- Operating Officer
MICHAEL L. GLEIM and Director
/s/ Samuel J. Gerson Director March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------
SAMUEL J. GERSON
II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
/s/ Roger S. Hillas Director March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------
ROGER S. HILLAS
/s/ Lawrence J. Ring Director March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------
LAWRENCE J. RING
/s/ Leon D. Starr Director March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------
LEON D. STARR
/s/ Leon F. Winbigler Director March 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------
LEON F. WINBIGLER
/s/ James H. Baireuther Senior Vice March 27, 1998
- ------------------------------------- President, Chief
JAMES H. BAIREUTHER Financial Officer
and Chief
Accounting Officer
II-8
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.
We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
the consolidated financial statements of The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. included in
this registration statement and have issued our report thereon dated March 4,
1998. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in item 16(b) is
the responsibility of the Company's management and is presented for purposes
of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not
part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to
the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements
and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data
required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements
taken as a whole.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
Philadelphia, PA
March 4, 1998
II-9
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
THE BON-TON STORES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E COLUMN F
-------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ----------
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO BALANCE AT
BEGINNING COSTS OTHER END OF
CLASSIFICATION OF PERIOD & EXPENSES INCREASE DEDUCTIONS PERIOD
-------------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended February 3,
1996:
Allowance for doubtful
accounts............... $2,294 $4,043(1) $604(4) $(3,828)(2) $3,113
Reserve for store
closing................ $7,133 $5,000(5) $-- $(2,563)(3) $9,570
Year ended February 1,
1997:
Allowance for doubtful
accounts............... $3,113 $5,018(1) $-- $(5,362)(2) $2,769
Reserve for store
closing................ $9,570 $ -- $-- $(2,586)(3) $6,984
Year ended January 31,
1998:
Allowance for doubtful
accounts............... $2,769 $3,549(1) $-- $(4,341)(2) $1,977
Reserve for store
closing................ $6,984 $ -- $-- $(1,513)(3) $5,471
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1) Provision for loss on credit sales.
(2) Uncollectible accounts, written off, net of recoveries.
(3) Cash payments for store closing expenses, net of monies received from asset
liquidation.
(4) Represents reserves associated with the purchase of the Hess's Department
Store's Inc. accounts receivable.
(5) Represents reserves relating to stores that the Company committed to close
due to poor performance.
II-10
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS DESCRIPTION
-------- -----------
<C> <S>
+1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Report Form 8-B, File
0-19517).
3.2 Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
the Company's Report on Form 8-B, File 0-19517).
+5 Opinion of Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP.
10.1 Shareholders Agreement by and among the Company and the shareholders
named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1,
File 33-42142).
*10.2(a) Employment Agreement between the Company and Heywood Wilansky
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, dated March 26, 1998, File 0-19517).
+*10.2(b) The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for
Heywood Wilansky.
+*10.2(c) The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Five Year Cash Bonus Plan for Heywood
Wilansky.
10.3(a) Credit Agreement among the Company, Adam, Meldrum & Anderson Co.,
Inc. and The Bon-Ton Stores of Lancaster, Inc., the Other Credit
Parties signatory thereto, the Lenders signatory thereto from time
to time, the First National Bank of Boston and General Electric
Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
May 3, 1997).
+10.3(b) First Amendment to Credit Agreement.
+10.3(c) Second Amendment to Credit Agreement.
+10.3(d) Third Amendment to Credit Agreement.
10.4(a) Lease Agreement by and between BT (PA) QRS 12-25, Inc. and The Bon-
Ton Department Stores, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended May 3, 1997).
10.4(b) Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement by the Company (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2(b) to the Company's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 3, 1997).
*10.5 Employment Agreement between the Company and Michael L. Gleim
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Report
on Form 8-B, File 0-19517).
*10.6 Form of severance agreement between the Company and certain of its
executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to
the Company's Report on Form 8-B, File 0-19517).
*10.7(a) Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8, File 333-36633).
*10.7(b) The Company's Phantom Equity Replacement Stock Option Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.8 Ground Leases for distribution center located in York, Pennsylvania,
by and between The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. and M. Thomas
Grumbacher, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12
to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
</TABLE>
1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS DESCRIPTION
-------- -----------
<C> <S>
10.9 Ground Lease for York Galleria, York, Pennsylvania by and between
The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. and MBM Land Associates
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.10(a) Sublease of Butler, Pennsylvania store by and between The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc. and M. Thomas Grumbacher (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Registration Statement
on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.10(b) First Amendment to Butler, Pennsylvania sublease (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.10(c) Corporate Guarantee with respect to Butler, Pennsylvania lease
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment No. 1 to
the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.11(a) Sublease of Oil City, Pennsylvania store by and between The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc. and M. Thomas Grumbacher (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Registration Statement
on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.11(b) First Amendment to Oil City, Pennsylvania sublease (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
10.11(c) Corporate Guarantee with respect to Oil City, Pennsylvania lease
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 1 to
the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File 33-42142).
*10.12 The Company's Profit Sharing/Retirement Savings Plan, amended and
restated as of July 1, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.24 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended January 28, 1995).
10.13 Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of January 27, 1995 among
The Bon-Ton Receivables Corp., Falcon Asset Securitization
Corporation, The First National Bank of Chicago, and the other
financial institutions party thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.26 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended January 28, 1995).
*10.14 Management Incentive Plan and Addendum to Management Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997).
*10.15 The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan For Principals
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997).
+21 Subsidiaries of the Company.
+23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
23.2 Consent of Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP (included within
Exhibit 5 hereto).
24 Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this
Registration Statement).
+27 Financial Data Schedules.
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
+ Filed herewith.
* Constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
2
<PAGE>
Exhibit 1
4,000,000 Shares
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
Common Stock
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
_______________, 1998
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
As representatives of the several Underwriters
named in Schedule I hereto
c/o Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10172
Dear Sirs:
THE BON-TON STORES, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation (the "COMPANY"),
proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I
hereto (the "UNDERWRITERS"), and certain stockholders of the Company named in
Schedule II hereto (the "SELLING STOCKHOLDERS") severally propose to sell to the
several Underwriters, an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of the common stock, par
value $.01 per share, of the Company (the "FIRM SHARES"), of which 2,500,000
shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and 1,500,000 shares are to be
sold by the Selling Stockholders, each Selling Stockholder selling the amount
set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder's name in Schedule II hereto. The
Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more
than an additional 600,000 shares of its common stock, par value $.01 per share,
(the "ADDITIONAL SHARES") if requested by the Underwriters as provided in
Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter
referred to collectively as the "SHARES". The shares of common stock of the
Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby
are hereinafter referred to as the "COMMON STOCK". The Company and the Selling
Stockholders are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the
"SELLERS".
SECTION 1. REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS. The Company has
-------------------------------------
prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"COMMISSION") in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder
(collectively, the "ACT"), a registration statement on Form S-1, including a
prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement, as amended at
the time it became
<PAGE>
effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the
registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under
the Act, is hereinafter referred to as the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT"; and the
prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter
referred to as the "PROSPECTUS". If the Company has filed or is required
pursuant to the terms hereof to file a registration statement pursuant to Rule
462(b) under the Act registering additional shares of Common Stock (a "RULE
462(b) REGISTRATION STATEMENT"), then, unless otherwise specified, any reference
herein to the term "Registration Statement" shall be deemed to include such Rule
462(b) Registration Statement.
SECTION 2. AGREEMENTS TO SELL AND PURCHASE AND LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS. On the
-------------------------------------------------------
basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and
subject to its terms and conditions, (i) the Company agrees to issue and sell
2,500,000 Firm Shares, (ii) each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not
jointly, to sell the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite such Selling
Stockholder's name in Schedule II hereto and (iii) each Underwriter agrees,
severally and not jointly, to purchase from each Seller at a price per Share of
$_______________ (the "PURCHASE PRICE") the number of Firm Shares (subject to
such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears
the same proportion to the total number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller
as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in
Schedule I hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to issue
and sell the Additional Shares and the Underwriters shall have the right to
purchase, severally and not jointly, up to 600,000 Additional Shares from the
Company at the Purchase Price. Additional Shares may be purchased solely for
the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of
the Firm Shares. The Underwriters may exercise their right to purchase
Additional Shares in whole or in part from time to time by giving written notice
thereof to the Company within 30 days after the date of this Agreement. You
shall give any such notice on behalf of the Underwriters and such notice shall
specify the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased pursuant to
such exercise and the date for payment and delivery thereof, which date shall be
a business day (i) no earlier than two business days after such notice has been
given (and, in any event, no earlier than the Closing Date (as hereinafter
defined)) and (ii) no later than ten business days after such notice has been
given. If any Additional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter,
severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company the number of
Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as
you may determine) which bears the same proportion to the total number of
Additional Shares to be purchased from the Company as the number of Firm Shares
set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I bears to the total
number of Firm Shares.
Each Seller hereby agrees not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell,
sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to
sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter
into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the
economic consequences associated with the ownership of any Common Stock
(regardless of whether any of the transactions described in clause (i) or (ii)
is to be settled by the delivery of Common Stock, or
2
<PAGE>
such other securities, in cash or otherwise), except to the Underwriters
pursuant to this Agreement, for a period of ________ days after the date of the
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during such period (i)
the Company may grant stock options pursuant to the Company's existing stock
option plan and (ii) the Company may issue shares of Common Stock upon the
exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on
the date hereof. The Company also agrees not to file any registration statement
with respect to any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock for a period of ________ days after
the date of the Prospectus without the prior written consent of Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. In addition, each Selling Stockholder
agrees that, for a period of ________ days after the date of the Prospectus
without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, it will not make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect
to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The Company shall, prior
to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, deliver an agreement
executed by (i) each Selling Stockholder, (ii) each of the directors and
officers of the Company who is not a Selling Stockholder and (iii) each
stockholder listed on Annex I hereto to the effect that such person will not,
during the period commencing on the date such person signs such agreement and
ending ________ days after the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written
consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Corporation, (A) engage in any of the
transactions described in the first sentence of this paragraph or (B) make any
demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any
shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock.
SECTION 3. TERMS OF PUBLIC OFFERING. The Sellers are advised by you that
------------------------
the Underwriters propose (i) to make a public offering of their respective
portions of the Shares as soon after the execution and delivery of this
Agreement as in your judgment is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the
Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus.
SECTION 4. DELIVERY AND PAYMENT. The Shares shall be represented by
--------------------
definitive certificates and shall be issued in such authorized denominations and
registered in such names as Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
shall request no later than two business days prior to the Closing Date or the
applicable Option Closing Date (as defined below), as the case may be. The
Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Sellers, with any transfer
taxes thereon duly paid by the respective Sellers, to Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation through the facilities of The Depository Trust
Company ("DTC"), for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters,
against payment to the Sellers of the Purchase Price therefore by wire transfer
of Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City. The
certificates representing the Shares shall be made available for inspection not
later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the business day prior to the
Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, at the
office of DTC or its designated custodian (the "DESIGNATED OFFICE"). The time
and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Shares shall be 9:00 a.m., New
York City time, on _______________, 1998 or such other time on the same or such
other date as Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and the
Company shall agree in writing. The time and date of delivery and payment for
the Firm Shares are hereinafter
3
<PAGE>
referred to as the "CLOSING DATE". The time and date of delivery and payment for
any Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters shall be 9:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the date specified in the applicable exercise notice
given by you pursuant to Section 2 or such other time on the same or such other
date as Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and the Company
shall agree in writing. The time and date of delivery and payment for any
Additional Shares are hereinafter referred to as the "OPTION CLOSING DATE".
The documents to be delivered on the Closing Date or any Option Closing
Date on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement
shall be delivered at the offices of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, 200 Park
Avenue, New York, New York, and the Shares shall be delivered at the Designated
Office, all on the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
SECTION 5. AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY. The Company agrees with you:
-------------------------
(a) To advise you promptly and, if requested by you, to confirm such advice
in writing, (i) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for
additional information, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the suspension
of qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the
initiation of any proceeding for such purposes, (iii) when any amendment to the
Registration Statement becomes effective, (iv) if the Company is required to
file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement after the effectiveness of this
Agreement, when the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective and
(v) of the happening of any event during the period referred to in Section 5(d)
below which makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus untrue or which requires any additions to or changes
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements
therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop
order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company
will use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at
the earliest possible time.
(b) To furnish to you three signed copies of the Registration Statement as
first filed with the Commission and of each amendment to it, including all
exhibits, and to furnish to you and each Underwriter designated by you such
number of conformed copies of the Registration Statement as so filed and of each
amendment to it, without exhibits, as you may reasonably request.
(c) To prepare the Prospectus, the form and substance of which shall be
satisfactory to you, and to file the Prospectus in such form with the Commission
within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Act; during the
period specified in Section 5(d) below, not to file any further amendment to the
Registration Statement and not to make any amendment or supplement to the
Prospectus of which you shall not previously have been advised or to which you
shall reasonably object after being so advised; and, during such period, to
prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon your reasonable request, any
amendment to the Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to the
Prospectus which may be necessary or advisable in
4
<PAGE>
connection with the distribution of the Shares by you, and to use its best
efforts to cause any such amendment to the Registration Statement to become
promptly effective.
(d) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first business day
after the date of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter for such
period as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus is
required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or a
dealer, to furnish in New York City to each Underwriter and any dealer as many
copies of the Prospectus (and of any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus)
as such Underwriter or dealer may reasonably request.
(e) If during the period specified in Section 5(d), any event shall occur
or condition shall exist as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the
Underwriters, it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the
Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the
Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare and file with the
Commission an appropriate amendment or supplement to the Prospectus so that the
statements in the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not in the
light of the circumstances when it is so delivered, be misleading, or so that
the Prospectus will comply with applicable law, and to furnish to each
Underwriter and to any dealer as many copies thereof as such Underwriter or
dealer may reasonably request.
(f) Prior to any public offering of the Shares, to cooperate with you and
counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the registration or
qualification of the Shares for offer and sale by the several Underwriters and
by dealers under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as
you may request, to continue such registration or qualification in effect so
long as required for distribution of the Shares and to file such consents to
service of process or other documents as may be necessary in order to effect
such registration or qualification; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation in
any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified or to take any action that
would subject it to general consent to service of process or taxation other than
as to matters and transactions relating to the Prospectus, the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the offering or sale of the Shares, in
any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.
(g) To mail and make generally available to its stockholders as soon as
practicable an earnings statement covering the twelve-month period ending
_______________, 1999 that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the
Act, and to advise you in writing when such statement has been so made
available.
(h) During the period of three years after the date of this Agreement, to
furnish to you as soon as available copies of all reports or other
communications furnished to the record holders of Common Stock or furnished to
or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any
class of securities of the Company is listed and such other publicly available
information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries as you may reasonably
request.
5
<PAGE>
(i) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are
consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all
expenses incident to the performance of the Sellers' obligations under this
Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's
counsel, the Company's accountants and any Selling Stockholder's counsel (in
addition to the Company's counsel) in connection with the registration and
delivery of the Shares under the Act and all other fees and expenses in
connection with the preparation, printing, filing and distribution of the
Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits), any
preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to any
of the foregoing, including the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the
Underwriters and dealers in the quantities specified herein, (ii) all costs and
expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters,
including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) all costs of
printing or producing this Agreement and any other agreements or documents in
connection with the offering, purchase, sale or delivery of the Shares, (iv) all
expenses in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares for
offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the several states and
all costs of printing or producing any Preliminary and Supplemental Blue Sky
Memoranda in connection therewith (including the filing fees and fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such
registration or qualification and memoranda relating thereto), (v) the filing
fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the
review and clearance of the offering of the Shares by the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., (vi) all fees and expenses in connection with the
preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the
Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to the listing of the Shares on
the Nasdaq National Market, (vii) the cost of printing certificates representing
the Shares, (viii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar and/or
depositary, and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of
the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder for which
provision is not otherwise made in this Section. The provisions of this Section
shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Company and the
Selling Stockholders may otherwise have for allocation of such expenses among
themselves.
(j) To use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq
National Market and to maintain the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq National
Market for a period of three years after the date of this Agreement.
(k) To use its best efforts to do and perform all things required or
necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by the Company prior to
the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and to satisfy
all conditions precedent to the delivery of the Shares.
(l) If the Registration Statement at the time of the effectiveness of this
Agreement does not cover all of the Shares, to file a Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement with the Commission registering the Shares not so covered in
compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of
this Agreement and to pay to the Commission the filing fee for such Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement at the time of the filing thereof or to give irrevocable
instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act.
6
<PAGE>
SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE
-----------------------------------------------------
MANAGEMENT SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. The Company and those Selling Stockholders who
- --------------------------------
are executive officers or directors of the Company (the "MANAGEMENT SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS") represent and warrant to each Underwriter that:
(a) The Registration Statement has become effective (other than any Rule
462(b) Registration Statement to be filed by the Company after the effectiveness
of this Agreement); any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement filed after the
effectiveness of this Agreement will become effective no later than 10:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the date of this Agreement; and no stop order suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings
for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission.
(b) (i) The Registration Statement (other than any Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement to be filed by the Company after the effectiveness of this Agreement),
when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended, if applicable, will
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement (other than any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement to be filed by the Company after the effectiveness of
this Agreement) and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if
applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Act, (iii) if the
Company is required to file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement after the
effectiveness of this Agreement, such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any
amendments thereto, when they become effective (A) will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and
(B) will comply in all material respects with the Act and (iv) the Prospectus
does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and
warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon information relating
to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter
through you expressly for use therein.
(c) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement
as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to
Rule 424 under the Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the
Act, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth
in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in any preliminary
prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the
Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.
(d) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated, is
validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to carry
on its business as described in the Prospectus and to own, lease and operate its
properties, and each is duly qualified and is in good standing as a
7
<PAGE>
foreign corporation authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the
nature of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a
material adverse effect on the business, prospects, financial condition or
results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(e) There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, warrants, options,
calls, convertible securities, commitments of sale or liens granted or issued by
the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to or entitling any person to
purchase or otherwise to acquire any shares of the capital stock of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration
Statement.
(f) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including
the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been duly authorized and
validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and not subject to any
preemptive or similar rights; and the Shares to be issued and sold by the
Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the
Underwriters against payment therefor as provided by this Agreement, will be
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares
will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
(g) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Company's
subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable, and are owned by the Company, directly or indirectly through one
or more subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, claim, lien,
encumbrance or adverse interest of any nature.
(h) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal
matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.
(i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its
respective charter or by-laws or in default in the performance of any
obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan
agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument that is material to
the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the Company or any
of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or their respective property is bound.
(j) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the
Company, the compliance by the Company with all the provisions hereof and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) require any
consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or qualification with, any
court or governmental body or agency (except such as may be required under the
securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states), (ii) conflict with or
constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or a default under,
the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any
indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument that
is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or their respective property is bound, (iii) violate or
conflict with any applicable law or any rule, regulation, judgment, order or
decree of any court or any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over
the Company, any of its subsidiaries or their respective property
8
<PAGE>
or (iv) result in the suspension, termination or revocation of any Authorization
(as defined below) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other
impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Authorization.
(k) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to
which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could be a party or to which
any of their respective property is or could be subject that are required to be
described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so
described; nor are there any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents
that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not
so described or filed as required.
(l) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has violated any
foreign, federal, state or local law or regulation relating to the protection of
human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or
wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"), any provisions of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any provisions
of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder, except for such violations which, singly or in the aggregate, would
not have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, financial
condition or results of operation of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole.
(m) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has such permits, licenses,
consents, exemptions, franchises, authorizations and other approvals (each, an
"AUTHORIZATION") of, and has made all filings with and notices to, all
governmental or regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations and all
courts and other tribunals, including, without limitation, under any applicable
Environmental Laws, as are necessary to own, lease, license and operate its
respective properties and to conduct its business, except where the failure to
have any such Authorization or to make any such filing or notice would not,
singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business,
prospects, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Each such Authorization is valid and in full
force and effect and each of the Company and its subsidiaries is in compliance
with all the terms and conditions thereof and with the rules and regulations of
the authorities and governing bodies having jurisdiction with respect thereto;
and no event has occurred (including, without limitation, the receipt of any
notice from any authority or governing body) which allows or, after notice or
lapse of time or both, would allow, revocation, suspension or termination of any
such Authorization or results or, after notice or lapse of time or both, would
result in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of any such
Authorization; and such Authorizations contain no restrictions that are
burdensome to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; except where such failure
to be valid and in full force and effect or to be in compliance, the occurrence
of any such event or the presence of any such restriction would not, singly or
in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects,
financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(n) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws
(including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required
for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any
Authorization, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential
liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the
9
<PAGE>
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, financial
condition or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole.
(o) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Company.
(p) Arthur Andersen LLP are independent public accountants with respect to
the Company and its subsidiaries as required by the Act.
(q) The consolidated financial statements included in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), together
with related schedules and notes, present fairly the consolidated financial
position, results of operations and changes in financial position of the Company
and its subsidiaries on the basis stated therein at the respective dates or for
the respective periods to which they apply; such statements and related
schedules and notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved,
except as disclosed therein; the supporting schedules, if any, included in the
Registration Statement present fairly in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles the information required to be stated therein; and the
other financial and statistical information and data set forth in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement
thereto) are, in all material respects, accurately presented and prepared on a
basis consistent with such financial statements and the books and records of the
Company.
(r) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of
the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the
Prospectus, will not be, an "investment company" as such term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(s) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the
Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to
file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of
the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares
registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.
(t) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
Prospectus other than as set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), (i)
there has not occurred any material adverse change or any development involving
a prospective material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise,
or the earnings, business, management or operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) there has not been any material adverse
change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in the
capital stock or in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred any
material liability or obligation, direct or contingent.
(u) Each certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to
the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed to be a
representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters
covered thereby.
10
<PAGE>
SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.
----------------------------------------------------------
Each Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:
(a) Such Selling Stockholder is the lawful owner of the Shares to be sold
by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and has, and on the
Closing Date will have, good and clear title to such Shares, free of all
restrictions on transfer, liens, encumbrances, security interests, equities and
claims whatsoever.
(b) The Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder have been duly
authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(c) Such Selling Stockholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, full
legal right, power and authority, and all authorization and approval required by
law, to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling
Stockholder and ______________________________, as Custodian, relating to the
deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the "CUSTODY
AGREEMENT") and the Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder appointing
certain individuals as such Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact (the
"ATTORNEYS") to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions
contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement and the Custody Agreement
(the "POWER OF ATTORNEY") and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares
to be sold by such Selling Stockholder in the manner provided herein and
therein.
(d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or
on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.
(e) The Custody Agreement of such Selling Stockholder has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and is a valid
and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance
with its terms.
(f) The Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and is a valid
and binding instrument of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance
with its terms, and, pursuant to such Power of Attorney, such Selling
Stockholder has, among other things, authorized the Attorneys, or any one of
them, to execute and deliver on such Selling Stockholder's behalf this Agreement
and any other document that they, or any one of them, may deem necessary or
desirable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
and to deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to
this Agreement.
(g) Upon delivery of and payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling
Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, good and clear title to such Shares will
pass to the Underwriters, free of all restrictions on transfer, liens,
encumbrances, security interests, equities and claims whatsoever.
(h) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder by or on
behalf of such Selling Stockholder, the compliance by such Selling Stockholder
with all the provisions hereof and
11
<PAGE>
thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
will not (i) require any consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or
qualification with, any court or governmental body or agency (except such as may
be required under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states), (ii)
conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or a
default under, the organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder, if such
Selling Stockholder is not an individual, or any indenture, loan agreement,
mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling
Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder or any property of
such Selling Stockholder is bound or (iii) violate or conflict with any
applicable law or any rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court
or any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over such Selling
Stockholder or any property of such Selling Stockholder.
(i) The information in the Registration Statement under the caption
"Principal and Selling Stockholders" which specifically relates to such Selling
Stockholder does not, and will not on the Closing Date, contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(j) At any time during the period described in Section 5(d), if there is
any change in the information referred to in Section 7(i), such Selling
Stockholder will immediately notify you of such change.
(k) Each certificate signed by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and
delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed to
be a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters
as to the matters covered thereby.
SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Sellers, jointly and severally, agree
---------------
to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its directors, its officers and
each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section
15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "EXCHANGE ACT"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and judgments (including, without limitation, any legal or other
expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any matter,
including any action, that could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or judgments) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any
amendment thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or
any preliminary prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by any such untrue statement or
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating
to any Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by such Underwriter
through you expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the foregoing
indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure
to the benefit of any Underwriter who failed to deliver a Prospectus, as then
amended or supplemented (so long as the Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement thereto was provided by the Company to the several Underwriters in
the requisite quantity and on a timely basis to permit proper delivery on or
prior to the Closing Date), to the person asserting any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or judgments caused by any
12
<PAGE>
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
such preliminary prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, if such material misstatement or omission
or alleged material misstatement or omission was cured in the Prospectus, as so
amended or supplemented, and such Prospectus was required by law to be delivered
at or prior to the written confirmation of sale to such person. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the aggregate liability of any Selling Stockholder (other than
the Management Selling Stockholders) pursuant to this Section 8(a) shall be
limited to an amount equal to the total proceeds (before deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and expenses) received by such Selling Stockholder
from the Underwriters for the sale of the Shares sold by such Selling
Stockholder hereunder.
(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and
hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration
Statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each Selling
Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls such Selling Stockholder
within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to
the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Sellers to such Underwriter
but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished in
writing to the Company by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the
Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary prospectus.
(c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in respect
of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b) (the
"INDEMNIFIED PARTY"), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the person
against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") in writing
and the indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such action, including
the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and
the payment of all fees and expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that
in the case of any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant
to both Sections 8(a) and 8(b), the Underwriter shall not be required to assume
the defense of such action pursuant to this Section 8(c), but may employ
separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and
expenses of such counsel, except as provided below, shall be at the expense of
such Underwriter). Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ
separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but
the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified
party unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been specifically
authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party
shall have failed to assume the defense of such action or employ counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to
any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnified
party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party shall have been
advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available
to it which are different from or additional to those available to the
indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party).
In any such case, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one
action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be
liable for (i) the fees and expenses of
13
<PAGE>
more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for
all Underwriters, their officers and directors and all persons, if any, who
control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one
separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company,
its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and all persons,
if any, who control the Company within the meaning of either such Section and
(iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in
addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Stockholders and all persons, if
any, who control any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either such
Section, and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are
incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters, their
officers and directors and such control persons of any Underwriters, such firm
shall be designated in writing by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company and such
directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be
designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for
the Selling Stockholders and such control persons of any Selling Stockholders,
such firm shall be designated in writing by the Attorneys. The indemnifying
party shall indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified party from and against
any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any
settlement of any action (i) effected with its written consent or (ii) effected
without its written consent if the settlement is entered into more than twenty
business days after the indemnifying party shall have received a request from
the indemnified party for reimbursement for the fees and expenses of counsel (in
any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of the indemnifying
party) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the indemnifying party shall
have failed to comply with such reimbursement request. No indemnifying party
shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any
settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect
to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which the indemnified party
is or could have been a party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have
been sought hereunder by the indemnified party, unless such settlement,
compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified
party from all liability on claims that are or could have been the subject
matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an
admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the
indemnified party.
(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering
of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not
permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not
only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the
relative fault of the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other
hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Sellers on the
one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the
same proportion as the total net
14
<PAGE>
proceeds from the offering (after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions, but before deducting expenses) received by the Sellers, and the
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, bear
to the total price to the public of the Shares, in each case as set forth in the
table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Sellers on
the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on
the one hand or the Underwriters on the other hand and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission.
The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro
rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.
The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set
forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action,
that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
judgments. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Underwriter
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public
were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such
Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the respective number
of Shares purchased by each of the Underwriters hereunder and not joint.
(e) The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall
not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any
indemnified party at law or in equity.
15
<PAGE>
(f) Each Selling Stockholder hereby designates The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.,
2801 East Market Street, York, Pennsylvania 17402, as its authorized agent,
upon which process may be served in any action which may be instituted in any
state or federal court in the State of New York by any Underwriter, any director
or officer of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter
asserting a claim for indemnification or contribution under or pursuant to this
Section 8, and each Selling Stockholder will accept the jurisdiction of such
court in such action, and waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, any defense based upon lack of personal jurisdiction or venue. A copy of
any such process shall be sent or given to such Selling Stockholder, at the
address for notices specified in Section 12 hereof.
SECTION 9. CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS. The several
---------------------------------------
obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Firm Shares under this Agreement
are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following condition:
(a) All the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this
Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date with the same force and
effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date.
(b) If the Company is required to file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement
after the effectiveness of this Agreement, such Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
date of this Agreement; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that
purpose shall have been commenced or shall be pending before or contemplated by
the Commission.
(c) You shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate dated the
Closing Date, signed by Heywood Wilansky, Michael L. Gleim and James H.
Baireuther, in their capacities as the President and Chief Executive Officer,
the Chief Operating Officer and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, confirming the matters set forth in Sections 6(t), 9(a)
and 9(b) and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and
satisfied all of the conditions herein contained and required to be complied
with or satisfied by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date.
(d) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
Prospectus other than as set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any
amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), (i)
there shall not have occurred any change or any development involving a
prospective change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings,
business, management or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, (ii) there shall not have been any change or any development involving
a prospective change in the capital stock or in the long-term debt of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries shall have incurred any liability or obligation, direct or
contingent, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause 9(d)(i),
9(d)(ii) or 9(d)(iii), in your judgment, is material and adverse and, in your
judgment, makes it impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the
manner contemplated in the Prospectus.
16
<PAGE>
(e) All the representations and warranties of each Selling Stockholder
contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing Date with
the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date and you shall
have received on the Closing Date a certificate dated the Closing Date from each
Selling Stockholder to such effect and to the effect that such Selling
Stockholder has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the
conditions herein contained and required to be complied with or satisfied by
such Selling Stockholder on or prior to the Closing Date.
(f) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion (satisfactory to
you and counsel for the Underwriters), dated the Closing Date, of Wolf, Block,
Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP, counsel for the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, to the effect that:
(i) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly
incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the corporate power
and authority to carry on its business as described in the Prospectus and
to own, lease and operate its properties;
(ii) each of the Company and its subsidiaries is duly qualified and is
in good standing as a foreign corporation authorized to do business in each
jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or its ownership or
leasing of property requires such qualification, except where the failure
to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the
business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations of the
Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(iii) all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
(including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been
duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and
not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;
(iv) the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have
been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Underwriters
against payment therefor as provided by this Agreement, will be validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will
not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights;
(v) all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the
Company's subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by the Company, directly or
indirectly through one or more subsidiaries, free and clear of any security
interest, claim, lien, encumbrance or adverse interest of any nature;
(vi) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
by the Company and by or on behalf of each Selling Stockholder;
(vii) the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to
legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;
17
<PAGE>
(viii) the Registration Statement has become effective under the Act,
no stop order suspending its effectiveness has been issued and no
proceedings for that purpose are, to the best of such counsel's knowledge
after due inquiry, pending before or contemplated by the Commission;
(ix) the statements under the captions "Description of Capital Stock"
and "Underwriting" in the Prospectus and Items 14 and 15 of Part II of the
Registration Statement, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of
the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly
present the information called for with respect to such legal matters,
documents and proceedings;
(x) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of
its respective charter or by-laws and, to the best of such counsel's
knowledge after due inquiry, neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries is in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement,
covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage,
lease or other agreement or instrument that is material to the Company and
its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the Company or any of its
subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries
or their respective property is bound;
(xi) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the
Company, the compliance by the Company with all the provisions hereof and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A)
require any consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or
qualification with, any court or governmental body or agency (except such
as may be required under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various
states), (B) conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms or
provisions of, or a default under, the charter or by-laws of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease
or other agreement or instrument that is material to the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the Company or any of its
subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries
or their respective property is bound, (C) violate or conflict with any
applicable law or any rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any
court or any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the
Company, any of its subsidiaries or their respective property or (D) result
in the suspension, termination or revocation of any Authorization of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other impairment of the rights of
the holder of any such Authorization;
(xii) after due inquiry, such counsel does not know of any legal or
governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or any
of its subsidiaries is or could be a party or to which any of their
respective property is or could be subject that are required to be
described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so
described, or of any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents
that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that
are not so described or filed as required;
18
<PAGE>
(xiii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has violated
any Environmental Law, any provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any provisions of the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, except
for such violations which, singly or in the aggregate, would not have a
material adverse effect on the business, prospects, financial condition or
results of operation of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(xiv) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has such
Authorizations of, and has made all filings with and notices to, all
governmental or regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations
and all courts and other tribunals, including, without limitation, under
any applicable Environmental Laws, as are necessary to own, lease, license
and operate its respective properties and to conduct its business, except
where the failure to have any such Authorization or to make any such filing
or notice would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse
effect on the business, prospects, financial condition or results of
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; each such
Authorization is valid and in full force and effect and each of the Company
and its subsidiaries is in compliance with all the terms and conditions
thereof and with the rules and regulations of the authorities and governing
bodies having jurisdiction with respect thereto; and no event has occurred
(including, without limitation, the receipt of any notice from any
authority or governing body) which allows or, after notice or lapse of time
or both, would allow, revocation, suspension or termination of any such
Authorization or results or, after notice or lapse of time or both, would
result in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of any such
Authorization; and such Authorizations contain no restrictions that are
burdensome to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; except where such
failure to be valid and in full force and effect or to be in compliance,
the occurrence of any such event or the presence of any such restriction
would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on
the business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations of
the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(xv) the Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and
sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described
in the Prospectus, will not be, an "investment company" as such term is
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
(xvi) to the best of such counsel's knowledge after due inquiry,
there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company
and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to
file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities
of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with
the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement;
(xvii) (A) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
supplement or amendment thereto (except for the financial statements and
other financial data included therein as to which no opinion need be
expressed) comply as to form with the Act, (B) such counsel has no reason
to believe that at the time the Registration Statement became effective or
on the date of this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the
prospectus included therein (except for the financial statements and other
financial data as
19
<PAGE>
to which such counsel need not express any belief) contained any untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading and (C) such counsel has no reason to believe that the
Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (except for the
financial statements and other financial data, as aforesaid) contains any
untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(xviii) each Selling Stockholder is the lawful owner of the Shares to
be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement and has good
and clear title to such Shares, free of all restrictions on transfer,
liens, encumbrances, security interests, equities and claims whatsoever;
(xix) each Selling Stockholder has full legal right, power and
authority, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter
into this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney of
such Selling Stockholder and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the
Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder in the manner provided herein
and therein;
(xx) the Custody Agreement of each Selling Stockholder has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and is a
valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in
accordance with its terms;
(xxi) the Power of Attorney of each Selling Stockholder has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and is a
valid and binding instrument of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in
accordance with its terms, and, pursuant to such Power of Attorney, such
Selling Stockholder has, among other things, authorized the Attorneys, or
any one of them, to execute and deliver on such Selling Stockholder's
behalf this Agreement and any other document they, or any one of them, may
deem necessary or desirable in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby and to deliver the Shares to be sold by
such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement;
(xxii) upon delivery of and payment for the Shares to be sold by each
Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, good and clear title to
such Shares will pass to the Underwriters, free of all restrictions on
transfer, liens, encumbrances, security interests, equities and claims
whatsoever; and
(xxiii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney of each Selling Stockholder by
such Selling Stockholder, the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with
all the provisions hereof and thereof and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (A) require any
consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or qualification with,
any court or governmental body or agency (except such as may be required
under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states), (B) conflict
with or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or a
default under, the organizational
20
<PAGE>
documents of such Selling Stockholder, if such Selling Stockholder is not
an individual, or any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other
agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by
which any property of such Selling Stockholder is bound or (C) violate or
conflict with any applicable law or any rule, regulation, judgment, order
or decree of any court or any governmental body or agency having
jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any property of such Selling
Stockholder.
The opinion of Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP described in Section
9(f) above shall be rendered to you at the request of the Company and the
Selling Stockholders and shall so state therein.
(g) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion, dated the
Closing Date, of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, as
to the matters referred to in Sections 9(f)(iv), 9(f)(vi) (but only with respect
to the Company), 9(f)(ix) and 9(f)(xvii).
In giving such opinions with respect to the matters covered by Section
9(f)(xvii), Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP and Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
LLP may state that their opinion and belief are based upon their participation
in the preparation of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents
thereof, but are without independent check or verification except as specified.
(h) You shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing
Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in
form and substance satisfactory to you, from Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, containing the information and statements of the type
ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to Underwriters with
respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
(i) The Company shall have delivered to you the agreements specified in
Section 2 hereof which agreements shall be in full force and effect on the
Closing Date.
(j) The Shares shall have been duly listed for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market.
(k) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not have failed on or
prior to the Closing Date to perform or comply with any of the agreements herein
contained and required to be performed or complied with by the Company or the
Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, on or prior to the Closing Date.
(l) You shall have received on the Closing Date, a certificate of each
Selling Stockholder who is not a U.S. Person (as defined under applicable U.S.
federal tax legislation) to the effect that such Selling Stockholder is not a
U.S. Person, which certificate may be in the form of a properly completed and
executed United States Treasury Department Form W-8 (or other applicable form or
statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof).
The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase any Additional
Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option
Closing Date of such documents as you
21
<PAGE>
may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due
authorization and issuance of such Additional Shares and other matters related
to the issuance of such Additional Shares.
SECTION 10. EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION. This Agreement
------------------------------------------
shall become effective upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
parties hereto.
This Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing
Date by you by written notice to the Sellers if any of the following has
occurred: (i) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or
international calamity or crisis or change in economic conditions or in the
financial markets of the United States or elsewhere that, in your judgment, is
material and adverse and, in your judgment, makes it impracticable to market the
Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus, (ii) the
suspension or material limitation of trading in securities or other instruments
on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board
of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Chicago Board of Trade
or the Nasdaq National Market or limitation on prices for securities or other
instruments on any such exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, (iii) the
suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the
over-the-counter market, (iv) the enactment, publication, decree or other
promulgation of any federal or state statute, regulation, rule or order of any
court or other governmental authority which in your opinion materially and
adversely affects, or will materially and adversely affect, the business,
prospects, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (v) the declaration of a banking moratorium by
either federal or New York State authorities or (vi) the taking of any action by
any federal, state or local government or agency in respect of its monetary or
fiscal affairs which in your opinion has a material adverse effect on the
financial markets in the United States.
If on the Closing Date or on an Option Closing Date, as the case may be,
any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase the Firm
Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, which it has or they have
agreed to purchase hereunder on such date and the aggregate number of Firm
Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, which such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more
than one-tenth of the total number of Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the
case may be, to be purchased on such date by all Underwriters, each non-
defaulting Underwriter shall be obligated severally, in the proportion which the
number of Firm Shares set forth opposite its name in Schedule I bears to the
total number of Firm Shares which all the non-defaulting Underwriters have
agreed to purchase, or in such other proportion as you may specify, to purchase
the Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, which such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such
date; provided that in no event shall the number of Firm Shares or Additional
Shares, as the case may be, which any Underwriter has agreed to purchase
pursuant to Section 2 hereof be increased pursuant to this Section 10 by an
amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Firm Shares or Additional
Shares, as the case may be, without the written consent of such Underwriter. If
on the Closing Date any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to
purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to
which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm
Shares to be purchased by all Underwriters and arrangements satisfactory to you,
the Company and the Selling Stockholders
22
<PAGE>
for purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 48 hours after such
default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-
defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders. In any such
case which does not result in termination of this Agreement, either you or the
Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for
longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements
may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters
shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of
Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-
tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such date,
the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their
obligation hereunder to purchase such Additional Shares or (ii) purchase not
less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters
would have been obligated to purchase on such date in the absence of such
default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting
Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of any such Underwriter
under this Agreement.
SECTION 11. AGREEMENTS OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. Each Selling
--------------------------------------
Stockholder agrees with you and the Company:
(a) To pay or to cause to be paid all transfer taxes payable in connection
with the transfer of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the
Underwriters.
(b) To do and perform all things to be done and performed by such Selling
Stockholder under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date and to satisfy all
conditions precedent to the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling
Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement.
SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS. Notices given pursuant to any provision of
-------------
this Agreement shall be addressed as follows: (i) if to the Company, to The
Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. 2801 East Market Street, York Pennsylvania 17402, (ii) if
to the Selling Stockholders, to [Name of Attorney-In-Fact] c/o [Address of
Attorney-In-Fact] and (iii) if to any Underwriter or to you, to you c/o
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, 277 Park Avenue, New York,
New York 10172, Attention: Syndicate Department, or in any case to such other
address as the person to be notified may have requested in writing.
The respective indemnities, contribution agreements, representations,
warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall
remain operative and in full force and effect, and will survive delivery of and
payment for the Shares, regardless of (i) any investigation, or statement as to
the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the officers or
directors of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter, the
Company, the officers or directors of the Company, any person controlling the
Company, any Selling Stockholder or any person controlling such Selling
Stockholder, (ii) acceptance of the Shares and payment for them hereunder and
(iii) termination of this Agreement.
If for any reason the Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of any
Seller as provided herein (other than as a result of any termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 10), the
23
<PAGE>
Sellers agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the several Underwriters for
all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel)
incurred by them. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Company
shall be liable for all expenses which it has agreed to pay pursuant to Section
5(i) hereof. The Sellers also agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the
several Underwriters, their directors and officers and any persons controlling
any of the Underwriters for any and all fees and expenses (including, without
limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by them in
connection with enforcing their rights hereunder (including, without limitation,
pursuant to Section 8 hereof).
Except as otherwise provided, this Agreement has been and is made solely
for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company, the Selling
Stockholders, the Underwriters, the Underwriters' directors and officers, any
controlling persons referred to herein, the Company's directors and the
Company's officers who sign the Registration Statement and their respective
successors and assigns, all as and to the extent provided in this Agreement, and
no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement. The term "successors and assigns" shall not include a purchaser of
any of the Shares from any of the several Underwriters merely because of such
purchase.
This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of New York.
This Agreement may be signed in various counterparts which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
24
<PAGE>
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among
the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters.
Very truly yours,
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
By:
------------------------------
Title:
THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
NAMED IN SCHEDULE II HERETO,
ACTING SEVERALLY
By:
------------------------------
Attorney-in-fact
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
Acting severally on behalf of themselves
and the several Underwriters named in
Schedule I hereto
By DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
By
------------------------------
25
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of
Firm Shares
Underwriters to be Purchased
- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
---------------
Total ===============
</TABLE>
26
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
Selling Stockholders
--------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of
Firm Shares
Name Being Sold
- ---- ---------------
<S> <C>
---------------
Total ===============
</TABLE>
27
<PAGE>
ANNEX I
-------
[Insert names of stockholders of the Company
who will be required to sign lock ups]
28
<PAGE>
Exhibit 5
LAW OFFICES
WOLF, BLOCK, SCHORR AND SOLIS-COHEN LLP
TWELFTH FLOOR PACKARD BUILDING
111 SOUTH 15TH STREET
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19102-2678
(215) 977-2000
FACSIMILE: (215) 977-2334
March 26, 1998
The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.
2801 East Market Street
York, Pennsylvania 17402
Re: Registration Statement Under The Securities Act of 1933
on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement")
---------------------------------------------------------------
Dear Sirs:
As counsel to The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
(the "Company"), we have assisted in the preparation of the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering 4,600,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, including 2,500,000 shares
(the "Primary Shares") which will be sold to the underwriters named in the
Registration Statement (the "Underwriters") pursuant to the Underwriting
Agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the "Underwriting
Agreement") and 1,500,000 shares (the "Secondary Shares") which will be sold to
such Underwriters by certain shareholders (the "Selling Shareholders"), plus
600,000 shares (the "Option Shares") for which the Underwriters have an option
to purchase from the Company solely to cover over-allotments.
In this connection, we have examined and considered the original or
copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Company's
Articles of Incorporation, as amended, its Bylaws, resolutions of its Board of
Directors, and such other documents and corporate records relating to the
Company and the issuance and sale of the Primary Shares, the Secondary Shares
and the Option Shares as we have deemed appropriate for purposes of rendering
this opinion.
In all examinations of documents, instruments and other papers, we
have assumed the genuineness of all signatures on original and certified
documents and the conformity to original and certified documents of all copies
submitted to us as conformed, photostatic or other copies. As to matters of
fact which have not been independently established, we have relied upon
representations of officers of the Company.
<PAGE>
The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.
March 26, 1998
Page 2
Based upon the foregoing examination and the information thus
supplied, it is our opinion that:
1. The presently outstanding Secondary Shares owned by the Selling
Shareholders to be sold to the Underwriters are duly authorized, legally issued,
fully paid and non-assessable.
2. When the Primary Shares are sold to and paid for by the
Underwriters pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, such shares
will be duly authorized, legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
3. When all or any part of the Option Shares are sold to and paid
for by the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement,
such shares will be duly authorized, legally issued, fully paid and non-
assessable.
We hereby expressly consent to the reference to our Firm in the
Registration Statement under the Prospectus caption "Legal Matters," and to the
inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Wolf, Block, Schorr and Solis-Cohen LLP
WOLF, BLOCK, SCHORR and SOLIS-COHEN LLP
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.2(b)
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
FOR HEYWOOD WILANSKY
1. PURPOSE
-------
The purpose of The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
for Heywood Wilansky (the "Plan") is to provide for supplemental retirement
and related benefits for Heywood Wilansky and such other executives as may be
designated from time to time to participate in the Plan, such executives
consisting of a select group of management and highly compensated employees of
the Company, as part of an integrated executive compensation program which is
intended to assist the Company in motivating and retaining executives of
superior ability, industry and loyalty.
2. DEFINITIONS
-----------
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following
meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:
"Actual Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the calendar month
coincident with or following the last day on which the Participant receives
Compensation.
"Actuarial Equivalent Value" shall be the value of any benefit paid under the
terms of the Plan to any Participant as determined in accordance with the
actuarial assumptions applicable to such Participant.
"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
"Committee" shall mean the Board or such committee as may be designated by the
Board to act as the administrative committee with respect to the Plan.
"Company" shall mean The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and
any successor thereto.
"Effective Date" shall mean February 1, 1998.
"Participant" shall mean Heywood Wilansky and any other senior executive of
the Company selected to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3
of the Plan.
3. ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
--------------------------
Participants in the Plan will be those key employees of the Company who are
selected by the Board of Directors to participate in the Plan. As of the
Effective Date of the Plan, the sole participant in the Plan is Heywood
Wilansky.
4. VESTING
-------
Each Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan will be fully vested as set
forth in the Vesting Schedule attached hereto applicable to such Participant.
The Vesting Schedule may be amended by the Committee from time to time, at its
discretion.
1
<PAGE>
5. BENEFIT ENTITLEMENTS
--------------------
(a) Accrued Benefits. The Accrued Benefit for each Participant shall be the
----------------
benefit set forth in the Benefit Schedule attached hereto applicable to
such Participant.
(b) Form of Benefit. The vested Accrued Benefit of each Participant shall
---------------
be paid in a form elected by the Participant and shall have an Actuarial
Equivalent Value equal to the Actuarial Equivalent Value of the Participant's
vested Accrued Benefit. The permissible forms of benefit and the actuarial
assumptions used for determining the Actuarial Equivalent Value of any benefit
payments to a Participant shall be determined in accordance with the actuarial
assumptions set forth on the Benefit Schedule attached hereto and applicable
to such Participant.
(c) Commencement of Benefits. All benefits payable under the Plan shall
------------------------
commence to be paid as of the date or dates on which benefit payments are to
commence as set forth in the Benefit Schedule attached hereto and applicable
to such Participant.
6. FUNDING OF LIABILITIES
----------------------
(a) The Plan is intended to be an unfunded, non-qualified plan maintained by
the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation
for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Any
liability of the Company to any person with respect to benefits payable
under the Plan shall be based solely upon such contractual obligations, if
any, as shall be created by the Plan, and shall give rise only to a claim
against the general assets of the Company. No such liability shall be
deemed to be secured by any pledge or any other encumbrance on any
specific property of the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (a) of this Section 6, the
Company may, at any time, at its discretion, establish a separate account
or fund for the purpose of setting aside assets to be used for the payment
of liabilities for any Participant, and may, at its discretion, set such
funds aside in a grantor trust (a "Rabbi Trust") which is substantially
similar to the model trust approved by the IRS for use in connection with
certain non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements in Revenue
Procedure 92-64 (1992-2 C.B. 422), or such other form of trust as the
Company determines may be used for this purpose without causing the Plan
to be treated as other than an "unfunded" deferred compensation
arrangement. In addition, to the extent required pursuant to any separate
agreement with a Participant or as may be required under the terms of any
Schedule attached hereto with respect to any Participant, the Company
shall set aside in a Rabbi Trust such funds as are required to fund the
benefits required to be paid to such a Participant under the Plan.
2
<PAGE>
7. COMMITTEE
---------
(a) Non-Fiduciary. Neither the Committee, its individual members nor the
-------------
Company shall be deemed to be a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
(b) Quorum. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a
------
quorum for any meeting held with respect to the Plan, and the acts of a
majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present, or the acts unanimously approved in writing by all such
members, shall be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the
Committee may act, vote, or otherwise influence a decision of the
Committee specifically relating to his or her benefits, if any, under
the Plan.
(c) Powers. The Committee shall have the power and duty to do all things
------
necessary or convenient to effect the intent and purposes of the Plan
and not inconsistent with any of the provisions hereof, whether or not
such powers and duties are specifically set forth herein, and, by way
of amplification and not limitation of the foregoing, the Committee
shall have the power to:
(i) provide rules and regulations for the management, operation and
administration of the Plan, and, from time to time, to amend or
supplement such rules and regulations;
(ii) construe the Plan, which construction, as long as made in good
faith, shall be final and conclusive upon all Participants; and
(iii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any
inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it
shall deem expedient to carry the same into effect, and it shall be
the sole and final judge of when such action shall be appropriate.
The acts and determinations of the Committee within the powers conferred by
the Plan shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of the Plan, and
shall not be subject to appeal or review by persons or entities other than
the Company.
(d) Indemnity. No member of the Committee shall be directly or indirectly
---------
responsible or under any liability by reason of any action or default by such
person as a member of the Committee, or the exercise of or failure to exercise
any power or discretion as such member except for such member's own fraud or
willful misconduct. No member of the Committee shall be liable in any way for
the acts or defaults of any other member of the Committee, or any of its
advisors, agents or representatives. The Company shall indemnify and save
harmless each member of the Committee against any and all expenses and
liabilities arising out of the member's own membership on the Committee;
except expenses and liabilities arising out of a Committee member's own fraud
or willful misconduct.
3
<PAGE>
(e) Compensation as a Reimbursed Expense. Members of the Committee who are
------------------------------------
employees of the Company shall receive no compensation for their services
rendered as members of the Committee. Any other members of the Committee
who are not employees of the Company shall receive such reasonable
compensation for their services as may be authorized from time to time by
the Company. Members of the Committee shall be entitled to receive their
reasonable expenses incurred in administering the Plan. Any such
compensation and expenses, as well as extraordinary expenses authorized by
the Company, shall be paid by the Company.
(f) Participant Information. The Company shall furnish to the Committee in
-----------------------
writing all information the Company deems appropriate for the Committee to
exercise its powers and duties in administration of the Plan. Such
information may include, but shall not be limited to, the names of all
Participants and their spouses, their earnings and their dates of birth,
employment, termination of employment, disability, retirement or death.
Such information shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Plan and the
Committee shall be entitled to rely thereon without any investigation
thereof; provided, however, that the Committee may correct any errors
discovered in any such information.
(g) Inspection of Documents. The Committee shall make available to each
-----------------------
Participant, joint or contingent annuitant and beneficiary, for
examination at the principal office of the Company (or at such other
location as may be determined by the Committee), a copy of the Plan and
such of its records, or copies thereof, as may pertain to any benefits of
such Participant, joint or contingent annuitant and beneficiary under the
Plan.
8. EFFECTIVE DATE, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT
-----------------------------------------
Participation in this Plan by a Participant shall become effective as of the
date set forth in the documents evidencing the Company's designation of the
Participant to participate in the Plan and shall continue until such time as
it or the Plan is terminated by the Company. This Plan may be terminated at
any time and amended from time to time by the Company provided that neither
the termination nor any amendment of the Plan may, without the written consent
of the Participant, reduce any Participant's accrued benefit or any
beneficiaries' accrued benefit otherwise payable in respect of a Participant
in the absence of such amendment or the termination of the Plan.
9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
------------------------
(a) Anti-alienation. No benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in
---------------
any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment,
pledge, or encumbrance and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell,
transfer, assign, pledge or encumber such benefit shall be void.
(b) Unsecured Creditor Status. Any Participant or beneficiary who may have or
-------------------------
claim any interest in or right to any compensation, payment, or benefit
payable
4
<PAGE>
hereunder, shall rely solely upon the unsecured promise of the
Company, as set forth, herein for the payment thereof, and nothing herein
contained shall be construed to give to or vest in the Participant or any
other person now or at any time in the future, any right, title, interest,
or claim in or to any specific asset, fund, reserve, account, insurance or
annuity policy or contract, or other property of any kind whatever owned
by the Company, or in which the Company may have any right, title, or
interest, now or at any time in the future. Any insurance policy or other
assets acquired by the Company to fund, in whole or in part, the Company's
liabilities under the Plan shall not be deemed to be held as security for
the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder but shall be,
and remain, a general, unpledged and unrestricted asset of the Company
subject to the claims of its creditors.
(c) Other Company Plans. It is agreed and understood that any benefits
-------------------
accrued under this Plan are in addition to any and all employee benefits
to which a Participant may otherwise be entitled under any other contract,
arrangement, or voluntary pension, profit sharing or other compensation
plan of the Company, whether funded or unfunded, and that this Plan shall
not affect or impair the rights or obligations of the Company or a
Participant under any other such contract, arrangement, or voluntary
pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan.
(d) Separability. If any term or condition of the Plan shall be invalid or
------------
unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of
the Plan, with the exception of such invalid or unenforceable provision,
shall not be affected thereby, and shall continue in effect and
application to its fullest extent.
(e) Continued Employment. Neither the establishment of the Plan, any
--------------------
provisions of the Plan, nor any action of the Committee shall be held or
construed to confer upon any Participant the right to a continuation of
employment by the Company. Subject to the terms of any applicable
employment contract, the Company reserves the right to dismiss any
employee or otherwise deal with any employee to the same extent as though
the Plan had not been adopted.
(f) Incapacity. If the Committee determines that a Participant or
----------
beneficiary is unable to care for the Participant's or the beneficiary's
affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, any benefit due
such Participant or beneficiary may be paid to the Participant's or the
beneficiary's spouse, child, parent, or any other person deemed by the
Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant or beneficiary
(including a duly appointed guardian, committee, or other legal
representative), and any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the
Company's obligation hereunder.
(g) Jurisdiction. The Plan shall be construed, administered, and enforced
------------
according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the
extent that such laws are preempted by the Federal laws of the United
States of America.
5
<PAGE>
(h) Claims. If, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Company denies
------
the claim of the Participant or the Participant's beneficiary for benefits
under the Plan, the Company shall provide written notice, within ninety
(90) days after receipt of the claim, setting forth in a manner calculated
to be understood by the claimant:
(i) the specific reasons for such denial;
(ii) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is
based;
(iii) a description of any additional material or information
necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such
material or information is needed; and
(iv) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure and the time
limitations of this subsection applicable thereto.
The Participant or the Participant's beneficiary whose claim for
benefit has been denied may request review by the Company of the denied claim
by notifying the Company in writing within sixty (60) days after receipt of
the notification of claim denial. As part of said review procedure, the
claimant or the claimant's authorized representative may review pertinent
documents and submit issues and comments to the Company in writing. The
Company shall render its decision to the claimant in writing in a manner
calculated to be understood by the claimant not later than sixty (60) days
after receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require
an extension of time, in which case decision shall be rendered as soon after
the sixty-day period as possible, but not later than one hundred and twenty
(120) days after receipt of the request for review. The decision on review
shall state the specific reasons therefor and the specific Plan reference on
which it is based.
6
<PAGE>
HEYWOOD WILANSKY BENEFIT SCHEDULE
Normal Form of Benefit:
The accrued benefit for Heywood Wilansky (the "Participant") under the Plan
shall be a single life annuity, to commence as of the first day of the month
following the date the Participant retires or otherwise terminates employment on
or after attaining age 55, payable in the form of monthly benefits equal to
$26,050.42 (which equates to an annual benefit of $312,605) until the month in
which the Participant attains age 62, with a reduced monthly benefit commencing
as of the first day of the month following the date on which the Participant
attains age 62 equal to $24,402.42 (which equates to an annual benefit of
$292,829). The benefit payable to the Participant under the Normal Form of
Benefit shall terminate as of the month in which occurs the Participant's death.
The actual benefit provided shall, however, in all events be determined by using
actuarial equivalent values, which determination shall take into account any
amounts which are an offset attributable to certain prior payments made to the
Participant, as noted in the explanation of actuarial values set forth below in
this Benefit Schedule.
Alternative Benefit Forms:
The benefit payable to the Participant under the Plan under shall be
provided in the form of an annuity purchased by the Company from an insurance
company mutually acceptable to both the Company and the Participant (or
Participant's surviving spouse if payable as a preretirement survivor annuity)
and distributed to the Participant (or to the Participant's surviving spouse in
the case of a preretirement survivor annuity). In the alternative, the Company
may, at its discretion, pay a lump sum in cash to the Participant (or to the
Participant's surviving spouse, as the case may be) that is the actuarial
equivalent of the benefit otherwise distributable to the Participant or to the
Participant's surviving spouse. At the time the annuity is distributed to the
Participant (or to the Participant's surviving spouse, as the case may be), the
annuity shall have an actuarial value that is equal to the actuarial value of
the normal form of benefit (or to the preretirement survivor annuity benefit in
the case of an annuity distributed to the Participant's surviving spouse), but
shall be in such form as elected by the Participant (or the Participant's
surviving spouse), subject to the consent of the Company. It is intended that,
at the Participant's election, the annuity may be provided in a form which pays
survivor benefits to a spouse.
Disability Benefits:
If the Participant's employment with the Company terminates at any time
prior to the attainment of age 55 on account of his permanent disability, the
Participant shall be entitled to a benefit under the Plan commencing as of the
first day of the month following the Participant's termination of employment.
The benefit payable under such circumstances shall be in the form of an annuity
or a lump sum distribution, at the discretion of the Company, having an
actuarially equivalent value to the Participant's normal form of benefit under
the Plan (assuming such benefit were to commence as of the first day of the
month following the date the Participant would attain age 55), multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during
which the Participant was employed by the Company and the denominator of which
is the number of full calendar months between the date the Participant was
initially employed by the Company and the date the Participant would attain age
55. In the case
7
<PAGE>
of a distribution of an annuity, the form of the annuity shall be subject to the
same choices as are available in the case of an annuity distributable on normal
retirement of the Participant.
For purposes of the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed to have
terminated employment with the Company on account of his permanent disability if
he qualifies as of the date of such termination for long term disability
benefits provided under the terms of the Company's long term disability plan, if
any, in effect as of such time. If no such plan is in effect, the Participant
shall be deemed to have terminated employment with the Company on account of
permanent disability if he is unable to engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment
which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected
to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The determination of
whether the Participant is permanently and totally disabled as described in the
preceding sentence shall be made at the discretion of the Board, which shall
take into account such facts and circumstances, and such evidence of disability
as the Board deems appropriate.
Death Benefits:
In the event the Participant dies prior to his retirement or termination of
employment with the Company, a preretirement survivor benefit shall be payable
under the Plan if the Participant is survived by his spouse. The amount of the
preretirement survivor benefit shall have the actuarially equivalent value to a
single life annuity payable to the surviving spouse which commences as of the
first day of the month following the date the Participant would have attained
age 55 (or as of the first day of the month following the date the Participant
dies if he has already attained age 55 but has not yet terminated employment
with the Company) and pays a monthly benefit of $13,025.12 until the month in
which the Participant would have attained age 62, and which pays thereafter, a
monthly benefit of $12,201.21. In the event the Participant is not survived by
his spouse, no benefits shall be payable under the Plan following the death of
the Participant prior to termination of employment.
Actuarial Value:
Whenever a reference to actuarial value, actuarial equivalents or any
similar term is used with respect to benefits provided under the Plan, such
values shall be determined by reference to the actual cost that would be
required to purchase the annuity benefit to be provided from an insurance
company mutually acceptable to both the Company and the Participant (or the
Participant's surviving spouse, as the case may be). Notwithstanding anything
contained in the Plan or in the Schedules attached thereto, the actuarial value
used for purposes of determining the benefits to be provided to the Participant
under the Plan shall in all events be offset by an amount equal to the
accumulated value, as of the date any such determination is required to be made,
of the payments made by the Company to the Participant under the terms of
paragraph 6 of the Employment Agreement between Heywood Wilansky and the Company
dated August 18, 1995, as amended by amendment dated October 14, 1996 (the
"Initial Employment Agreement"), taking into account all earnings attributable
to such payments
8
<PAGE>
VESTING SCHEDULE
If the Participant is discharged for Cause (as defined in the Participant's
employment agreement in effect as of the date of discharge) at any time, or if
the Participant voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company for any
reason prior to his attainment of age 55, then the Participant shall forfeit all
rights to any benefits otherwise payable under the Plan and the Company shall
cease to have any obligation to provide any benefits under the Plan and the
Participant shall be obligated to repay to the Company any amounts previously
paid to the Participant by the Company pursuant to Section 6 of the Initial
Employment Agreement. Any such repayment shall be made in a manner to be
designated by the Company so as to minimize its tax liabilities based upon the
tax law at the time, and shall be in an amount equal to the total value of all
such payments, plus earnings thereon, reduced by the amount of the Participant's
actual tax liability incurred as a result of receiving such payments, but taking
into account any tax benefits to Participant as a result of such repayment.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event
there is a Change of Control while the Participant is employed by the Company,
the Participant shall not forfeit his benefits under the Plan and shall in all
events be entitled to receive his benefits under the Plan as of the first day of
the month following the later of the date the Participant's employment with the
Company terminates or the date the Participant attains age 55. In addition, the
Company shall contribute to a Rabbi Trust an amount equal to the actuarial value
of the Participant's accrued benefit (determined on the assumption that he will
receive his normal benefit commencing as of the first day of the month following
the date he attains age 55).
For these purposes, a Change of Control is deemed to occur when there is a
Change of Control as that term is defined in the Participant's employment
agreement in effect as of any relevant date.
9
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.2(c)
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
FIVE YEAR CASH BONUS PLAN
FOR HEYWOOD WILANSKY
1. PURPOSE
-------
The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. Five Year Cash Bonus Plan for Heywood Wilansky
(the "Plan"), is established by the Committee (as hereinafter defined), along
with the current performance goals required to be satisfied for the payment of
any bonus under the terms of the Plan, and is adopted by the Board of Directors,
subject to the approval of the shareholders of The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation (the "Company"). The Plan is established for the
purpose of providing performance-based compensation to Heywood Wilansky (the
"Participant") in the form of cash bonuses to be paid in connection with
services to be provided by the Participant during the five year period
commencing with the fiscal year of the Company that started as of February __,
1998, in accordance with a formula that is based on the financial success of the
Company as part of an integrated compensation program which is intended to
assist the Company in motivating and retaining employees of superior ability,
industry and loyalty.
2. DEFINITIONS
-----------
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following
meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:
"Base Compensation" shall mean $1,000,000.
"Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
"Bonus Base" shall mean seventy five percent (75%) of the Participant's
base salary for the Plan Year by reference to the Participant's annual rate of
base salary in effect as of the date the Committee establishes the Earned
Percentage Schedule for the Plan Year.
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors, consisting of two or more Outside Directors, to act as the Committee
with respect to the Plan, or such other committee as may be appointed by the
Board of Directors to act as the Committee with respect to the Plan.
"Company" shall mean The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation,
and any successor thereto.
1
<PAGE>
"Company's Accountants" shall mean the certified public accountants charged
with the responsibility for determining the Company's earnings for the relevant
fiscal year for purposes of the disclosure of such information as may be
required under applicable law or under such rules as may be applicable to the
Company in connection with any public filings or in connection with the listing
of the Company's securities on any securities exchange.
"Designated Beneficiary" shall mean the person, if any, specified in
writing by the Participant to receive any payments due the Participant in the
event of the Participant's death. In the event no person is specified by the
Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the Designated
Beneficiary.
"Effective Date" shall mean February 1, 1998.
"Earned Percentage" shall mean the percentage determined by reference to
the schedule established for each Plan Year by the Committee.
"Outside Director" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is
treated as an "outside director" for purposes of Code Section 162(m).
"Plan Year" shall mean the taxable year of the Company. The first Plan
Year shall be taxable year of the Company that commenced on or about February 1,
1998.
3. PARTICIPATION
-------------
Heywood Wilansky shall be the sole Participant in the Plan.
4. TERM OF PLAN
------------
Subject to approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company, the
Plan shall be in effect as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the
payment of any bonuses as may be required to be paid pursuant to the terms of
the Plan attributable to the five Plan Years ending on the Saturday nearer
January 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
5. BONUS ENTITLEMENT
-----------------
The Participant shall be entitled to receive a bonus in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6 of the Plan only after certification in writing by the
Committee that the performance goals set forth in Section 6 have been satisfied.
The bonus payment with respect to each Plan Year shall be payable to the
Participant in the next Plan Year on or before April 15 of such Plan Year.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no bonus shall be
payable under the Plan without the prior disclosure of the material terms of the
Plan to the shareholders of the Company and the approval of the Plan by such
shareholders, consistent with applicable requirements for such disclosure and
approval under Section 162(m) of the Code.
2
<PAGE>
6. AMOUNT OF PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION BONUS
----------------------------------------------
(a) Formula Amount of Bonus. The Participant (or the Designated
-----------------------
Beneficiary of the Participant in the event of the death of the Participant
prior to payment of the bonus hereunder), shall be entitled to a bonus with
respect to each Plan Year that is equal to a percentage of his Base
Compensation, from a minimum of 0% to a maximum of 100%, based on the
achievement of the performance goals as described below. The performance goals
that may be established for each Plan Year shall be set forth on a schedule by
the Committee, no later than 90 days after the beginning of each Plan Year. The
performance goals for each Plan Year shall be stated as a level of earnings of
the Company, net after taxes, as established by the Company's Accountants, that
is substantially uncertain at the time such schedule is established. In no
event shall the Participant be eligible for a bonus in excess of $1,000,000 with
respect to any Plan Year under the terms of the Plan.
(i) Initial Performance Goal. If the net after tax earnings of the
Company for the first Plan Year, as determined by the Company's Accountants, is
equal to or greater than $3,000,000, the Participant shall receive a cash bonus
under the Plan with respect to each Plan Year in which a bonus is otherwise
payable equal to 40% of his Base Compensation.
(ii) Annual Performance Goals. If the Participant is eligible for a
performance bonus as a result of meeting the Initial Performance Goal, as
described in subsection (i) of this Section 6(a), the percentage of his Base
Compensation which may be paid in the form of a bonus under the Plan shall be
equal to the 40% minimum payable by virtue of having satisfied such Initial
Performance Goal, plus an additional percentage, between 0% and 60%, based on
the Company's achievement of earnings, net after taxes, as established by the
Company's Accountants, as set forth by the Committee on the schedule applicable
to the relevant Plan Year. For the first Plan Year, the bonus attributable to
satisfying the Annual Performance Goal shall be as follows:
Net After Tax Earnings Additional Bonus Percentage
---------------------- ---------------------------
Below $11,000,000 0%
$11,000,000 20%
$15,000,000 or above 60%
In the event the net after tax earnings of the Company for the first Plan Year,
as determined by the Company's Accountants, is above $11,000,000 but is below
$15,000,000, the amount of the Additional Bonus Percentage shall be a percentage
between 20% and 60%, equal to the sum of 20% plus an additional percentage
determined by multiplying 40% times a fraction, the numerator of which is equal
to the net after tax earnings of the Company for the first Plan Year in excess
of $11,000,000, and the denominator of which is equal to $4,000,000.
For each subsequent Plan Year, the Committee shall establish appropriate levels
of net after tax earnings to be used in establishing the Participant's
Additional Bonus Percentage within the first 90 days of the Plan Year. If no
action is taken to establish such new levels of net after tax earnings for these
purposes, the levels in effect for the prior Plan Year shall be treated as
having been selected by the Committee during such 90 day period.
3
<PAGE>
(b) Termination of Employment During Plan Year. Notwithstanding anything
------------------------------------------
contained herein to the contrary, in the event the Participant is not an
employee of the Company as of the last day of the Plan Year, the bonus payable
to the Participant shall be equal to the bonus that would otherwise have been
payable under the Plan but for this Section 6(b), multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is equal to the number of days the Participant was employed
by the Company during the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is 365.
7. COMMITTEE
---------
(a) Powers. The Committee shall have the power and duty to do all things
------
necessary or convenient to effect the intent and purposes of the Plan and not
inconsistent with any of the provisions hereof, whether or not such powers and
duties are specifically set forth herein, and, by way of amplification and not
limitation of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the power to:
(i) provide rules and regulations for the management, operation and
administration of the Plan, and, from time to time, to amend or supplement such
rules and regulations;
(ii) construe the Plan, which construction, as long as made in good
faith, shall be final and conclusive upon all parties hereto; and
(iii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any
inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem
expedient to carry the same into effect, and it shall be the sole and final
judge of when such action shall be appropriate.
The resolution of any questions with respect to payments and entitlements
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, and
all such determinations shall be final and conclusive.
(b) Indemnity. No member of the Committee shall be directly or indirectly
---------
responsible or under any liability by reason of any action or default by him as
a member of the Committee, or the exercise of or failure to exercise any power
or discretion as such member. No member of the Committee shall be liable in any
way for the acts or defaults of any other member of the Committee, or any of its
advisors, agents or representatives. The Company shall indemnify and save
harmless each member of the Committee against any and all expenses and
liabilities arising out of his own membership on the Committee.
(c) Compensation and Expenses. Members of the Committee shall receive no
-------------------------
separate compensation for services other than compensation for their services
as members of the Board of Directors, which compensation can include
compensation for services at any committee meeting attended in their capacity as
members of the Board of Directors. Members of the Committee shall be entitled
to receive their reasonable expenses incurred in administering the Plan. Any
such expenses, as well as extraordinary expenses authorized by the Company,
shall be paid by the Company.
(d) Participant Information. The Company shall furnish to the Committee in
-----------------------
writing all information the Company deems appropriate for the Committee to
exercise its powers and
4
<PAGE>
duties in administration of the Plan. Such information shall be conclusive for
all purposes of the Plan and the Committee shall be entitled to rely thereon
without any investigation thereof; provided, however, that the Committee may
correct any errors discovered in any such information.
(e) Inspection of Documents. The Committee shall make available to the
-----------------------
Participant and his Designated Beneficiary, for examination at the principal
office of the Company (or at such other location as may be determined by the
Committee), a copy of the Plan and such of its records, or copies thereof, as
may pertain to the benefits of the Participant and beneficiary under the Plan.
8. EFFECTIVE DATE, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT
-----------------------------------------
(a) Effective Date of Participation in Plan. Subject to shareholder and
---------------------------------------
Committee approval of the Plan, participation in this Plan shall be effective as
of February 1, 1998 and shall continue thereafter for the term of the Plan.
(b) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Plan may be terminated or
-------------------------------------
revoked by the Company at any time and amended by the Company from time to time,
provided that neither the termination, revocation or amendment of the Plan may,
without the written approval of the Participant, reduce the amount of a bonus
payment that is due, but has not yet been paid, and provided further that no
changes that would increase the amount of bonuses determined under the formula
contained in Section 6(a) of the Plan shall be effective without approval by the
Committee and without disclosure to and approval by the shareholders of the
Company in a separate vote prior to payment of such bonuses. In addition, the
Plan may be modified or amended by the Committee, as it deems appropriate, in
order to comply with any rules, regulations or other guidance promulgated by the
Internal Revenue Service with respect to applicable provisions of the Code, as
they relate to the exemption for "performance-based compensation" under the
limitations on the deductibility of compensation imposed under Code Section
162(m).
9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
------------------------
(a) Unsecured Creditor Status. The Participant, if entitled to a bonus
-------------------------
payment hereunder, shall rely solely upon the unsecured promise of the Company,
as set forth herein, for the payment thereof, and nothing herein contained shall
be construed to give to or vest in the Participant or any other person now or at
any time in the future, any right, title, interest, or claim in or to any
specific asset, fund, reserve, account, insurance or annuity policy or contract,
or other property of any kind whatever owned by the Company, or in which the
Company may have any right, title, or interest, now or at any time in the
future.
(b) Other Company Plans. It is agreed and understood that any benefits
-------------------
under this Plan are in addition to any and all benefits to which the Participant
may otherwise be entitled under any other contract, arrangement, or voluntary
pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan of the Company, whether
funded or unfunded, and that this Plan shall not affect or impair the rights or
obligations of the Company or the Participant under any other such contract,
arrangement, or voluntary pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan.
5
<PAGE>
(c) Separability. If any term or condition of the Plan shall be invalid or
------------
unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the
Plan, with the exception of such invalid or unenforceable provision, shall not
be affected thereby, and shall continue in effect and application to its fullest
extent.
(d) Continued Employment. Neither the establishment of the Plan, any
--------------------
provisions of the Plan, nor any action of the Committee shall be held or
construed to confer upon the Participant the right to a continuation of
employment by the Company. The Company reserves the right to dismiss any
employee (including the Participant), or otherwise deal with any employee
(including the Participant) to the same extent as though the Plan had not been
adopted.
(e) Incapacity. If the Committee determines that the Participant or
----------
Beneficiary is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or
is a minor, any benefit due the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan may be
paid to his spouse, child, parent, or any other person deemed by the Committee
to have incurred expense for the Participant or Beneficiary (including a duly
appointed guardian, committee, or other legal representative), and any such
payment shall be a complete discharge of the Company's obligation hereunder.
(f) Jurisdiction. The Plan shall be construed, administered, and enforced
------------
according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania except to the extent
that such laws are preempted by the Federal laws of the United States of
America.
(g) Claims. If, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee
------
denies the claim of the Participant for benefits under the Plan, the Committee
shall provide written notice, within 60 days after receipt of the claim, setting
forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
(i) the specific reasons for such denial;
(ii) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial
is based;
(iii) a description of any additional material or information
necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is needed; and
(iv) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure and the time
limitations of this subsection applicable thereto.
If the Participant's claim for benefits has been denied, the Participant may
request review by the Committee of the denied claim by notifying the Committee
in writing within 60 days after receipt of the notification of claim denial. As
part of said review procedure, the claimant or his authorized representative may
review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments to the Committee in
writing. The Committee shall render its decision to the claimant in writing in
a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant not later than 60 days
after receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an
extension of time, in which case decision shall be rendered as soon after the
sixty-day period as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the
request for review. The decision on review shall state the specific reasons
therefor and the specific Plan references on which it is based.
(h) Withholding. The Participant or the Designated Beneficiary shall make
-----------
appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any federal, state
or local income tax withholding requirements and Social Security or other tax
requirements applicable to the
6
<PAGE>
accrual or payment of benefits under the Plan. If no other arrangements are
made, the Company may provide, at its discretion, for any withholding and tax
payments as may be required.
(i) Interpretation. The Plan is intended to pay compensation only on the
--------------
attainment of the performance goals set forth above in a manner that will exempt
such compensation from the limitations on the deduction of certain compensation
payments under Code Section 162(m). To the extent that any provision of the
Plan would cause a conflict with the conditions required for such an exemption
or would cause the administration of the Plan to fail to satisfy the applicable
requirements for the performance-based compensation exemption under Code Section
162(m), such provision shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by
applicable law.
7
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.3(b)
FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
First Amendment (the "First Amendment"), dated this June 12, 1997, to Credit
Agreement dated as of April 15, 1997 among The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.,
Adam Meldrum & Anderson Co., Inc., and The Bon-Ton Stores of Lancaster, Inc. as
Borrowers, the other Persons named therein as Credit Parties, the other Persons
named therein as Lenders, BankBoston N.A. for itself as Collateral Agent and
Lender, and General Electric Capital Corporation for itself, as Administrative
Agent and Lender (the "Credit Agreement").
WHEREAS:
A. The Borrowers, Credit Parties, Lenders, Administrative Agent, and the
Collateral Agent are parties to the Credit Agreement.
B. The Borrowers have requested that the Agents and the Lenders amend the
definition of Fixed Asset Availability as hereinafter provided.
C. The Agents and the Lenders agree to amend such definition as set forth
below and to amend the Credit Agreement in respect thereof.
Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
"Fixed Asset Availability" shall mean, on any date of determination, an amount
------------------------
equal to (i) from the Closing Date through and including February 28, 1998,
Maximum Fixed Asset Availability, (ii) from March 1, 1998 through and including
February 28, 1999, up to 66 2/3% of Maximum Fixed Asset Availability, (iii) from
March 1, 1999 through and including February 29, 2000 up to 33 1/3% of Maximum
fixed Asset Availability and (iv) thereafter, $0. Upon a sale or other
disposition of a Designated Property or Eligible Fixed Asset, Fixed Asset
Availability shall be reduced (but not below zero) by and amount equal to (i)
with respect to a Designated Property sold or otherwise disposed of for an
amount equal to or greater than its Appraised Value, the Appraised Value of such
Designated Property, (ii) with respect to a Designated Property sold or
otherwise disposed of for an amount equal to or less than its Attributed Value,
the Attributed Value of such Designated Property and (iii) with respect to
either (A) any Eligible Fixed Asset or (B) any Designated Property Sold or
otherwise disposed of for an amount greater than its Attributed Value but less
than its Appraised Value, then in each case the amount received upon the
disposition of such Eligible Fixed Asset or Designated Property.
All of the Capitalized terms used herein without definition are so used to
defined in the Credit Agreement or in Annex A thereto.
-------
This First Amendment shall become effective when the Administrative Agent has
received counterparts hereof from each Borrower, each Credit Party, and the
Requisite Lenders.
<PAGE>
In Witness Whereof, this First Amendment has been duly executed as of the date
first written above.
THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
ADAM, MELDRUM & ANDERSON CO., INC.
By: /s/ Robert E. Stern
-------------------------------
Name: Robert E. Stern
Title: Secretary
THE BON-TON STORES OF LANCASTER INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
THE BON-TON CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
THE BON-TON NATIONAL CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
THE BON-TON TRADE CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
-2-
<PAGE>
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ Charles D. Chiodo
-------------------------------
Name: Charles D. Chiodo
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory
BANKBOSTON, N.A.
By: /s/ Brent E. Shay
-------------------------------
Name: Brent E. Shay
Title: Director
THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT INC.
By: /s/ James Conheeney
-------------------------------
Name: James Conheeney
Title: Vice President
HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.
By: /s/ Tara Hopkins
-------------------------------
Name: Tara Hopkins
Title: Assistant Vice President
CORESTATES BANK, N.A.
By: /s/ Christopher J. Calabrese
-------------------------------
Name: Christopher J. Calabrese
Title: Vice President
MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY
By: /s/ C. Gregory Vogelsang
-------------------------------
Name: C. Gregory Vogelsang
Title: Banking Officer
FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ Todd W. Colpitts
-------------------------------
Name: Todd W. Colpitts
Title: Assistant Vice President
-3-
<PAGE>
SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION
By: /s/ Peter L. Skavla
-------------------------------
Name: Peter L. Skavla
Title: Vice President
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA
By: /s/ Martin P. Valencia
-------------------------------
Name: Martin P. Valencia
Title: Assistant Vice President
-4-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.3(c)
SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of September 23, 1997, among THE BON-TON
DEPARTMENT STORES, INC., ADAM, MELDRUM & ANDERSON CO., INC. and THE BON-TON
STORES OF LANCASTER, INC. (collectively, the "Borrowers"), the other Credit
Parties party to the Credit Agreement referred to below, the Lenders party to
such Credit Agreement, BANKBOSTON, N.A. as Collateral Agent and Lender and
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION as Administrative Agent and Lender.
W I T N E S S E T H :
- - - - - - - - - -
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into that certain Credit
Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1997 (such Agreement, as amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the
"Credit Agreement," and capitalized terms defined therein and not otherwise
defined herein being used herein as therein defined); and
WHEREAS, the Borrowers desire to have the Lenders amend certain provisions
of the Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to such amendment upon the terms and
subject to the conditions provided herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, covenants and agreements
contained herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:
SECTION 1. Amendments. The Lenders, the Agents, the Borrowers and the
----------
other Credit Parties hereby agree to the following amendments to the Credit
Agreement:
(a) The definition of "Fixed Asset Availability" in Annex A is hereby
amended by (i) changing the reference to "February 28, 1998" in clause (i)
thereof to "September 30, 1997" and (ii) changing the reference to "March 1,
1998" in clause (ii) thereof to "October 1, 1997". This amendment will result
in the Initial Adjustment Date pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Credit Agreement
being October 1, 1997.
(b) The definition of "Requisite Lenders" in Annex A is hereby amended by
deleting the parenthetical clause at the end thereof.
<PAGE>
(c) Section 11.2(b)(v) is hereby amended to read as follows: "(v) except
as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, release any
Guaranty or release, or permit any Credit Party to sell or otherwise dispose of,
any Collateral with a value exceeding $5,000,000 in the aggregate (which action
shall be deemed to directly affect all Lenders);".
SECTION 2. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become
---------------------------
effective as of the date hereof when the Agents shall have received counterparts
of this Amendment executed by each Borrower, Credit Party, Agent and Lender or,
as to the Lenders, advice satisfactory to the Agents that such Lenders have
executed this Amendment.
SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties. The Borrowers and other Credit
------------------------------
Parties hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Lenders and
the Agents as follows:
(a) After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations and
warranties in Section 3 of the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents
are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as
though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such
representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for
changes therein not prohibited by the Credit Agreement.
(b) After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.
(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of this
Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary or proper corporate action
and do not require the consent or approval of any Person which has not been
obtained.
(d) This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit
Party and each of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Credit Parties,
enforceable against them in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 4. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents. (a) Upon the
---------------------------------------------
effectiveness of this Amendment, on and after the date hereof, each reference in
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to "this Agreement,"
"hereunder," "hereof," "herein," or words of like import, shall mean and be a
reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
(b) Except to the extent amended hereby, the provisions of the Credit
Agreement and all of the other Loan
2
<PAGE>
Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and
confirmed.
(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not,
except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or
remedy of the Lenders or the Agents under any of the Loan Documents, nor
constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.
SECTION 5. Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers agree to pay on demand all
------------------
costs, fees and expenses of the Agents in connection with the preparation,
execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other instruments and documents
to be delivered pursuant hereto, including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket
expenses of counsel for the Agents with respect thereto.
SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed
-------------------------
in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and
-------------
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
applicable to contracts made and performed in such state, without regard to the
principles thereof regarding conflict of laws.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as
of the date first above written.
Borrowers:
---------
THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.
By: /s/ J.H. Baireuther
------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
ADAM, MELDRUM & ANDERSON CO., INC.
By: /s/ Robert E. Stern
------------------------------
Name: Robert E. Stern
Title: Secretary
3
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON STORES OF LANCASTER, INC.
By: /s/ Robert E. Stern
------------------------------
Name: Robert E. Stern
Title: Secretary
Other Credit Parties:
--------------------
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
THE BON-TON CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Treasurer
THE BON-TON NATIONAL CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Treasurer
THE BON-TON TRADE CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Treasurer
Agents and Lenders:
------------------
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ Charles D. Chiodo
-------------------------------
Name: Charles D. Chiodo
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory
4
<PAGE>
BANKBOSTON, N.A.
By: /s/ Robert Brandow
------------------------------
Name: Robert Brandow
Title: Director
THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.
By: /s/ Nicole Cangelosi
------------------------------
Name: Nicole Cangelosi
Title: Assistant Secretary
HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.
By: /s/ Scott Ziemke
-----------------------------
Name: Scott Ziemke
Title: AVP-Account Executive
CORESTATES BANK, N.A.
By: /s/ Christopher J. Calabrese
-----------------------------
Name: Christopher J. Calabrese
Title: Sr. Vice President
MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY
By: /s/ C. Gregory Vogelsang
------------------------------
Name: C. Gregory Vogelsang
Title: Banking Officer
FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ Todd W. Colpitts
------------------------------
Name: Todd W. Colpitts
Title: Assistant Vice President
SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION
By: /s/ Peter L. Skavla
------------------------------
Name: Peter L. Skavla
Title: Vice President
5
<PAGE>
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By: /s/ Martin P. Valencia
------------------------------
Name: Martin P. Valencia
Title: Assistant Vice President
6
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.3(d)
THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIRD AMENDMENT, dated as of March 2, 1998, among THE BON-TON
DEPARTMENT STORES, INC., ADAM, MELDRUM & ANDERSON CO., INC. and THE BON-TON
STORES OF LANCASTER, INC. (collectively, the "Borrowers"), the other Credit
Parties party to the Credit Agreement referred to below, the Lenders party to
such Credit Agreement, BANKBOSTON, N.A. as Collateral Agent and Lender and
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION as Administrative Agent and Lender.
W I T N E S S E T H :
- - - - - - - - - -
WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into that certain Credit
Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1997 (such Agreement, as amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the
"Credit Agreement," and capitalized terms defined therein and not otherwise
defined herein are used herein as therein defined); and
WHEREAS, the Borrowers desire to have the Lenders amend certain
provisions of the Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to such amendment upon the terms and
subject to the conditions provided herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, covenants and
agreements contained herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Amendments. The Lenders, the Agents, the Borrowers and
----------
the other Credit Parties hereby agree to the following amendments to the Credit
Agreement:
(a) Section 1.5 is hereby amended by adding a Level 0 to the
Applicable Margin grids and amending the Interest Coverage Ratio to which Level
I is applicable as follows:
IF INTEREST LEVEL OF
COVERAGE RATIO IS: APPLICABLE MARGINS:
----------------- ------------------
greater than 4.0:1.0 Level 0
greater than 3.5:1.0 but less than or equal to 4.0:1 Level I
and
<PAGE>
APPLICABLE MARGINS
------------------
LEVEL 0
-------
Applicable Revolver 0.00%
Index Margin
Applicable Revolver LIBOR 1.50%
Index Margin
(b) Section 1.9(b) is hereby amended to read as follows: "As
additional compensation for the Lenders, Borrowers agree to pay to
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of such Lenders, in arrears, on
the first Business Day of each month prior to the Commitment Termination Date
and on the Commitment Termination Date, a fee in respect of the Lenders'
Commitments in an amount equal to (i) three-eighths of one percent (0.375%) per
annum (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for actual days elapsed) or
(ii) if the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than 4.0:1:0, one quarter of one
percent (0.25%) per annum (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for actual
days elapsed), in each case of the difference between (x) the Maximum Amount and
(y) the average for the period of the daily closing balances of the aggregate
Revolving Loan and Swing Line Loan outstanding during the period for which such
fee is due."
(c) Section 6.3 is hereby amended by (i) inserting after clause (vi)
the following: ", (vii) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate swap contracts
outstanding at any one time to fix up to $50 million of Borrowers' floating rate
debt on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent" and (ii) by replacing
"(vii)" with "(viii)".
(d) The definition of "Fixed Charges" in Annex A is hereby amended by
inserting after "Capital Expenditures" the parenthetical "(other than Special
Capital Expenditures)".
(e) Annex A is hereby amended by (i) inserting before the definition
of "Specified Properties" the following definition: ""Special Capital
---------------
Expenditures" shall mean capital expenditures made with net proceeds derived
- ------------
from a public offering of common stock by Parent and which is transferred to a
Borrower as equity. Special Capital Expenditures shall be designated by
Borrower Representative and generally will include store expansions and new
stores."
(f) Paragraph (b) of Annex E is hereby amended by (i) placing a comma
at the end clause (i) of the first sentence and deleting the word "and" and (ii)
inserting at the end of clause (ii) of the first sentence the following: "and
(iii) a summary of Special Capital Expenditures made during that Fiscal Quarter
and
2
<PAGE>
the proceeds available for Special Capital Expenditures as of the last day of
that Fiscal Quarter".
(g) Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Annex F are hereby amended to read as
follows:
"2. During any calendar year Borrowers shall pay for all costs and
expenses of (i) up to two commercial finance field audits conducted by Agents,
(ii) up to one limited-scope Inventory appraisal, conducted by an appraiser
selected by Agents and in form and substance satisfactory to Agents, and (iii)
up to one full-scope Inventory appraisal, conducted by an appraiser selected by
Agents, and in form and substance satisfactory to Agents.
3. At any time (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of
a Default or an Event of Default, (ii) Net Borrowing Availability is less than
$12,500,000, or (iii) the appraised net recovery value is less than 90% of
Inventory valued at cost, Borrowers shall pay all costs and expenses in
connection with all additional Inventory and commercial field audits conducted
by Agents."
(h) Paragraph (a) of Annex G is hereby amended by (i) inserting the
parenthetical "(other than Special Capital Expenditures)" after the phrase
"shall not make Capital Expenditures", (ii) changing the reference to
"$18,000,000" therein to "$23,000,000" and (iii) changing the reference to
"$21,000,000" therein to "$31,000,000".
SECTION 2. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become
---------------------------
effective as of the date hereof when the Agents shall have received counterparts
of this Amendment executed by each Borrower, Credit Party, Agent and Lender or,
as to the Lenders, advice satisfactory to the Agents that such Lenders have
executed this Amendment.
SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties. The Borrowers and other
------------------------------
Credit Parties hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Lenders
and the Agents as follows:
(a) After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations
and warranties in Section 3 of the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan
Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date
hereof as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such
representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except for
changes therein not prohibited by the Credit Agreement.
3
<PAGE>
(b) After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.
(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of
this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary or proper corporate
action and do not require the consent or approval of any Person which has not
been obtained.
(d) This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit
Party and each of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Credit Parties,
enforceable against them in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 4. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents. (a) Upon
---------------------------------------------
the effectiveness of this Amendment, on and after the date hereof, each
reference in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to "this
Agreement," "hereunder," "hereof," "herein," or words of like import, shall mean
and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
(b) Except to the extent amended hereby, the provisions of the
Credit Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force
and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.
(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall
not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right,
power or remedy of the Lenders or the Agents under any of the Loan Documents,
nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.
SECTION 5. Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers agree to pay on demand
------------------
all costs, fees and expenses of the Agents in connection with the preparation,
execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other instruments and documents
to be delivered pursuant hereto, including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket
expenses of counsel for the Agents with respect thereto.
SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be
-------------------------
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and
-------------
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
applicable to contracts made and performed in such state, without regard to the
principles thereof regarding conflict of laws.
4
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Amendment as of the date first above written.
Borrowers:
---------
THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President and CFO
ADAM, MELDRUM & ANDERSON CO., INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
THE BON-TON STORES OF LANCASTER, INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President
Other Credit Parties:
--------------------
THE BON-TON STORES, INC.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Senior Vice President and CFO
THE BON-TON CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Treasurer
THE BON-TON NATIONAL CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
------------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Treasurer
5
<PAGE>
THE BON-TON TRADE CORP.
By: /s/ J H Baireuther
-------------------------------
Name: James H. Baireuther
Title: Treasurer
Agents and Lenders:
------------------
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ Charles D. Chiodo
-------------------------------
Name: Charles D. Chiodo
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory
BANKBOSTON, N.A.
By: /s/ Robert J. Brandow
-------------------------------
Name: Robert J. Brandow
Title: Director
THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.
By: /s/ Nicole Cangelosi
-------------------------------
Name: Nicole Cangelosi
Title: Assistant Secretary
HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.
By: /s/ T. Bukowski
-------------------------------
Name: T. Bukowski
Title: Senior Vice President
CORESTATES BANK, N.A.
By: /s/ Jeffrey M. Brusko
-------------------------------
Name: Jeffrey M. Brusko
Title: Commercial Officer
MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY
By: /s/ C. Gregory Vogelsang
-------------------------------
Name: C. Gregory Vogelsang
Title: Assistant Vice President
6
<PAGE>
FOOTHILL CAPITAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ Todd W. Colpitts
-----------------------------------
Name: Todd W. Colpitts
Title: AVP
SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION
By: /s/ Peter L. Skavla
-----------------------------------
Name: Peter L. Skavla
Title: Vice President
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By: /s/ Alan Young
-----------------------------------
Name: Alan Young
Title: Assistant Vice President
7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
The Bon-Ton Corp., a Delaware corporation
The Bon-Ton Stores of Lancaster, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
The Bon-Ton National Corp., a Delaware corporation
The Bon-Ton Trade Corp., a Delaware corporation
BTRGP, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
Adam, Meldrum & Anderson Co., Inc., a New York corporation
The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership
The Bon-Ton Properties - Greece Ridge G.P., Inc., a New York corporation
The Bon-Ton Properties - Greece Ridge L.P., a New York limited partnership
The Bon-Ton Properties - Irondequoit G.P., Inc., a New York corporation
The Bon-Ton Properties - Irondequoit L.P., a New York limited partnership
The Bon-Ton Properties - Marketplace G.P., Inc., a New York corporation
The Bon-Ton Properties - Marketplace L.P., a New York limited partnership
The Bon-Ton Properties - Eastview G.P., Inc., a New York corporation
The Bon-Ton Properties - Eastview L.P., a New York limited partnership
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports and to all references to our Firm included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
Philadelphia, PA
March 26, 1998
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS AS OF JANUARY 31, 1998 AND THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> JAN-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> FEB-02-1997
<PERIOD-END> JAN-31-1998
<CASH> 9,109
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 30,462
<ALLOWANCES> 1,977
<INVENTORY> 177,783
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 224,212
<PP&E> 189,986
<DEPRECIATION> 81,418
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 352,686
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 101,134
<BONDS> 123,384
0
0
<COMMON> 118
<OTHER-SE> 124,276
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 352,686
<SALES> 656,399
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 658,748
<CGS> 413,846
<TOTAL-COSTS> 629,578
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 13,202
<INCOME-PRETAX> 15,968
<INCOME-TAX> 6,270
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 9,698
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> (446)
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 9,252
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0.83<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.81<F1>
<FN>
EPS has been prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 128, and basic and diluted EPS
have been entered in place of primary and fully diluted, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>
